WO2011116683A1 - Touch positioning method, device and touch system thereof - Google Patents

Touch positioning method, device and touch system thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011116683A1
WO2011116683A1 PCT/CN2011/072041 CN2011072041W WO2011116683A1 WO 2011116683 A1 WO2011116683 A1 WO 2011116683A1 CN 2011072041 W CN2011072041 W CN 2011072041W WO 2011116683 A1 WO2011116683 A1 WO 2011116683A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
touch object
position information
imaging device
information group
actual
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2011/072041
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴振宇
叶新林
刘建军
刘新斌
Original Assignee
北京汇冠新技术股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京汇冠新技术股份有限公司 filed Critical 北京汇冠新技术股份有限公司
Publication of WO2011116683A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011116683A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/042Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by opto-electronic means
    • G06F3/0428Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by opto-electronic means by sensing at the edges of the touch surface the interruption of optical paths, e.g. an illumination plane, parallel to the touch surface which may be virtual

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of optoelectronic technologies, and in particular, to a touch positioning method and apparatus, and a touch system. Background technique
  • Touch screens that are commonly used today include infrared touch screens and touch screens with cameras.
  • the infrared touch screen uses a large number of one-to-one corresponding infrared transmitting tubes and infrared receiving tubes to determine the position information of the touch object, and the principle is relatively simple; however, since the infrared touch screen uses a large number of infrared components, the installation and debugging are complicated, so the production cost is relatively high.
  • the infrared transmitting tube and the infrared receiving tube are easily deteriorated, the reliability of the infrared touch screen is not high.
  • the touch screen with a camera is widely used because of its simple structure, low cost, easy production, and high reliability.
  • FIG. 1 it is a schematic structural diagram of a touch screen with a camera in the prior art, including a frame 12, infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 installed at two adjacent corners of the frame 12, respectively installed in the adjacent infrared imaging device 19 Two infrared light sources 112 and 113 at the position of 10 and 10, retroreflective strips 14 mounted at the edges of the frame 12, and processing units 16 connected to the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10, respectively.
  • the inside of the frame 12 is the touch detection area 17.
  • the illumination ranges of the infrared light sources 112 and 113 cover the entire touch detection area, and the fields of view of the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 cover the entire touch detection area.
  • the position information of the imaging point can obtain an angle between the touch object P and the connection line of the two imaging devices respectively, and the distance between the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 is L, assuming that the position of the infrared imaging device 19 is Coordinate origin,
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the working principle of determining the position of two touch objects with the camera touch screen shown in FIG.
  • P2 and P3 are actual touch objects, and actual touch objects P2 and P3 are passed through the infrared imaging device 10 and After 19, four images will be obtained, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P2 and P3 after the infrared imaging device 10 are respectively located on the straight lines P2M1 and P3M2, and the images formed by the actual touch objects P2 and P3 after the infrared imaging device 9 respectively Located on the straight lines P2N1 and P3N2, when the position of the actual touch object is determined by the above method, the following two sets of position information groups can be obtained:
  • the processing unit records the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2M1 and the straight line P3N2, and is located on the straight line.
  • the position information of the two images on P3M2 and P2N2 can be obtained.
  • This group includes position information sets of positional information of the virtual touch objects PI and P4, based on the positional information of the two images located on the straight line P2M1 and the straight line P2N1, and located
  • the position information of the two images on the straight line P3M2 and the straight line P3N2 can obtain (P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3)) the set of positional information including the positional information of the actual touched objects P2 and P3; however, ( P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3) is the position information group including the position information of the actual touch objects P2 and P3, (Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4)) is "ghost point" " , so that the touch screen cannot accurately locate the location of the touch object. May also appear when there are three or more touch objects
  • the present invention provides a touch positioning method and apparatus, and a touch system for removing a "ghost point" that occurs during the process of positioning two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • the present invention provides a touch positioning method, the method being applied to a touch system including at least one imaging device group and a touch detection area, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two Imaging devices, each location in the touch detection area
  • first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object.
  • the present invention also provides a touch positioning method applied to a touch system including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus and a touch detection area, the multi-lens imaging apparatus including a first multi-lens imaging apparatus, the first multi-lens
  • the imaging device includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area being located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, the method comprising :
  • first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch positioning device, comprising:
  • At least one imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, each position in a touch detection region of the touch system being located in the first imaging
  • the image forming device of the two different imaging devices in the device group is used to collect the data of the touch detection area;
  • a first touch object position information group acquiring module configured to acquire, according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes Position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object; a first actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to use the plurality of first touch level The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the set of information, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, where the first actual touch object position information group includes the actual The location information of the touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch positioning device, comprising:
  • At least one multi-lens imaging device wherein the at least one multi-lens imaging device includes a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor in a touch detection area of the touch system Each position is located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection area and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
  • a fourth touch object position information group acquiring module configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes The position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object; the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to be removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located outside the touch detection area
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains a first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
  • At least one imaging device group installed around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group includes a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group includes at least two imaging devices, and the touch detection Each location in the zone is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection zone;
  • At least one illumination source respectively mounted at a position adjacent to the at least one imaging device group; a retroreflective strip mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip The light is reflected to the at least one imaging device group; the processing unit is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object from the plurality of first touch objects The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, where the first actual touch object position information group includes the actual The location information of the touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
  • At least one imaging device group mounted around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, the touch detection region Each location is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection region;
  • At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for transmitting light to the at least one imaging device group;
  • a processing unit configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object location information groups, where the first touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and And the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, to obtain the first actual Touching the object location information group, the first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
  • At least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
  • At least one illumination source respectively mounted on a parasitic reflection strip adjacent to the at least one multi-lens imaging device, mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the regression Light from the reflective strip is reflected to the at least one multi-lens imaging device; a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object The location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, The first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
  • At least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
  • At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for transmitting light to the at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus
  • a processing unit configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object
  • the location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups,
  • the first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the present invention acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then removes from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located outside the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object location.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural view of a touch screen with a camera in the prior art
  • 2 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of determining the position of two touch objects with the touch screen of the camera shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of a first embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of an example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of another example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two giant imaging devices in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of a second embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two remote imaging devices in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of an example of processor matching location information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of another example of processor matching location information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of calculating a touch object size in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a third embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural view of a first embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of a touch positioning device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural view of a third embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural view of a first embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic structural view of a third embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention.
  • 22 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural view of a sixth embodiment of a touch system of the present invention. detailed description
  • the "imaging device” refers to a “single lens imaging device", and the “single lens imaging device” includes a lens and an optical sensor. Further, the imaging device may be an image capturing device such as a camera or a camera.
  • the inventors found that when the image data collected by the two imaging devices are used to locate the touch object, if the distance between any two touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two imaging devices is less than the two The distance between the optical centers of the imaging device, then all the “ghost points” are located in the touch detection area, and the “ghost points” cannot be removed at this time; if any two touch objects are in the direction of the optical connection of the two four-image devices If the distance is greater than or equal to the distance between the optical centers of the two imaging devices, then some "ghost points" will appear outside the touch detection area. Consider using “ghost points” appearing outside the touch detection area to remove all "ghost points”. " .
  • the present embodiment is applied to a touch detection area touch system including at least one imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection area
  • the imaging device is used to acquire image data of the touch detection area within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group.
  • the field of view of each of the first imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover a part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two imaging devices are equivalent to one Into a 4 elephant device.
  • Step 31 The processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object location information groups.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, wherein the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or The location information of the virtual touch object.
  • the processing unit obtains the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the imaging device. For details, refer to FIG. 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 32 The processing unit obtains a first actual touch object location information group.
  • the processing unit removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group,
  • the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the number of touch objects detected by the two imaging devices is m and n, respectively, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n
  • the number of the first touch object position information groups obtained is m aX (m, n)! , and the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed, and the first An actual touch object location information group.
  • FIG. 4 it is a schematic diagram of the working principle of an example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, wherein P1 and P2 are two actual touch objects, and Ol and 02 are two devices, so that After the touch objects P1 and ⁇ 2 pass through the imaging devices Ol and 02, four images are obtained, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P1 and ⁇ 2 after the imaging device Ol are respectively located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2S2, and actually touched by the imaging device 02. The images formed by the objects P1 and ⁇ 2 are located on the straight line P1T1 and the straight line ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2, respectively.
  • the processing unit can obtain (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2)) according to the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1T1, and the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2.
  • the set includes a first touch object position information group of position information of the actual touch objects PI and P2, position information of two images located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2T2, and two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P1T1
  • the position information may obtain (P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4)) the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch objects P3 and P4, since the virtual touch object P3 is located outside the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group is removed (P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4)), and the set of (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2)) is obtained including the actual touch object PI and The first actual touch object position information group of the position information of P2.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of the working principle of another example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • the actual touch objects P1 and P2 And P3 will obtain 6 images after imaging devices Ol and 02, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2 and P3 after the imaging device Ol are respectively located on the straight line P1S1, the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P3S3, after the imaging device 02
  • the images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3 are located on P1T1, the line ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2, and the line ⁇ 3 ⁇ 3, respectively.
  • the processing unit can obtain the following six position information groups: the processing unit is based on the position information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1T1, the position information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the line ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2, and the line P3S3 and The position information of the two images on the line ⁇ 3 ⁇ 3 can be obtained (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3)).
  • This group includes the position information of the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3.
  • the position information may obtain (Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4), P5(x5, y5)) the first touch object position information including the actual touch object PI and the position information of the virtual touch objects P4 and P5.
  • the group can be obtained from the positional information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2T2, and the positional information of the two images on the straight lines P2S2 and P1T1 (P6(x6, y6), P7(x7, y7), P3( X3, y3) )
  • This group includes virtual touch objects P6 and P7 and actual touch
  • the position information of the two images on the straight line P1T1 can be obtained (P6(x6, y6), P4(x4, y4), P8(x8, y8)).
  • This group includes the position information of the virtual touch objects P6, P4, and P8.
  • a touch object position information group based on position information of two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P3T3, position information of two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P1T1, and two images on the straight line P3S3 and the straight line P2T2
  • the position information can be obtained (P9(x9, y9), P7(x7, y7), P5(x5, y5)), the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch objects P9, P7 and P5, According to the line P1S1 and the line P3T3
  • the positional information of the two images, the positional information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P2T2, and the positional information of the two images on the straight lines P3S3 and P1T1 can be obtained (P9(x9, y9), P2(x2) , y2), P8(
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, and then the processing unit is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups.
  • the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area, the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, thereby removing the "ghost point" that occurs during the process of locating two or more touch objects.
  • any two in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices
  • the distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
  • the imaging device group may further include a second imaging device group, and the second imaging device group includes at least two imaging devices, each location in the touch detection region is located.
  • Field of view of two imaging devices of different positions in the second imaging device group The distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the two positions are different.
  • the distance between the optical centers of the imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two locations, and the light of any of the two actual imaging devices and the imaging devices of the two different positions The heart is not in a straight line.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two macro imaging devices in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method according to the present invention, wherein 01, 02 and O are respectively three imaging devices, wherein the imaging device Ol is away from the imaging device. O is far away, the imaging device 02 is too close to the 4 image device O, P is the actual touch object, the actual image of the touch object P through the 4 image device O is located on the line PM1, the actual touch object P is 4 The actual imaging point after the device O is located on the line PM2.
  • the actual imaging point of the actual touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the straight line PQ1
  • the actual imaging point of the actual touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ2.
  • the position information of the touch object determined from the position information of the two actual image points located on the straight line PM2 and the straight line PQ1 is larger than the error based on the actual touch object P, which is larger than two according to the straight line PM2 and the straight line PQ2.
  • the position information of the actual imaging point determines the error of the position information of the touch object with respect to the actual touch object P, and therefore, the closer the distance between the two imaging devices is, The larger the bit error touch object.
  • FIG. 7 it is a schematic flowchart of the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • the difference from the flow diagram shown in FIG. 3 is that, in this embodiment, It can include the following steps:
  • Step 61 The processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information groups.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group, wherein the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or The location information of the virtual touch object.
  • the processing unit obtains the second touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again.
  • any two actual touches The distance between the object in the direction of the optical fiber connection of any two imaging devices that collect image data is greater than the distance between the optical centers of any two imaging devices, and between the optical centers of any two imaging devices that acquire image data. The distance is greater than the width of the pixels that any two imaging devices can recognize, and the optical centers of any two actual touch objects and any imaging device that collects image data are not in a straight line.
  • Step 62 The processing unit obtains a second actual touch object location information group.
  • the processing unit removes the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the second actual touch object position information group,
  • the second actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • steps 61 and 62 have no strict timing relationship with steps 31 and 32. After step 62 and step 32, the following steps may also be included:
  • Step 63 The processing unit acquires a plurality of third touch object location information groups.
  • the processing unit acquires several pieces according to the image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group and the image data collected by the second imaging device in the imaging device in the second imaging device group.
  • the third touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object.
  • the processing unit obtains the third touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 64 The processing unit obtains a third actual touch object location information group.
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, and the third actual The touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the processing unit firstly determines the position information of the actual touch object by using a group of macro imaging devices, and then obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a group of giant image forming devices, because "Ghost point" is far from the position information determined by the iLi giant imaging device, and the actual touch object distance is closer to the position information determined by the imaging device.
  • each third touch object position information group is An actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched, so that the position information of the touch object can be more accurately located. Interest.
  • the first imaging device may be an imaging device that detects the most touch objects among the at least two imaging devices in the first imaging device group; the second imaging device may A four-image device that detects the most touches among at least two of the second imaging device groups.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two remote imaging devices in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, wherein Ol and 02 are two macro imaging devices, and P is a touch object.
  • Ol and 02 are two macro imaging devices
  • P is a touch object.
  • the distance between the two imaging points on the straight line PQ1 and the straight line 01Q2 is one pixel apart, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ3; when the touch object P is connected to the imaging devices Ol and 02 When the line is close, the ideal imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the straight line PQ4, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after being formed into the 4 image device Ol is located on the straight line 01Q5, and the two on the straight line PQ4 and the straight line 01Q5
  • the distance between the imaging points differs by one pixel, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ6.
  • the position information of the actual imaging point on the straight line 01Q2 and the straight line PQ6 is used.
  • the determined position information P1 of the touch object has an error with respect to the touch object P that is larger than the touch object determined by using the two actual image points located on the straight line 01Q5 and the straight line PQ3.
  • P2 with respect to the error position information P of the touch object and therefore, the connection of the touch object from the image forming apparatus of the closer, the larger the positioning error.
  • the first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system when the two remote imaging devices are used to accurately position the touch object.
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group. Specifically, the processing unit respectively acquires a difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic diagram of an operation example of an example of processor matching location information in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method according to the present invention.
  • the first imaging device group includes two imaging devices Ol and 02
  • the second imaging device group includes Two imaging devices 03 and 04
  • P1 and P2 are two actual touch objects
  • the actual images of the touch objects P1 and P2 through the imaging device Ol are located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P2Q2
  • the actual touch objects P1 and P2 are imaged.
  • the image formed by the device 02 is located on the straight line P1Q3 and the straight line P2Q4
  • the processing unit obtains the first actual position based on the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1Q3, and the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2Q4.
  • the touch object position information group ((xll, yll), (xl2, yl2)), the actual touch objects PI and P2 are formed by the imaging device 03 on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2S2, and the actual touch objects P1 and P2 are imaged.
  • the image formed by the device 04 is located on the straight line P1S3 and the straight line P2S4, and the processing unit can be based on the position information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1S3, and the position information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P2S4.
  • the processing unit is based on position information of two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S1, and on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S2
  • the position information of the two images can obtain two third touch object position information groups ((x31, y31), (x32, y32)) and ((x41, y41), (x42, y42)), wherein, due to the obtained position
  • the image data of the image on the line P1Q1 on which the information (x31, y31) is based is the same as the image data of the image on the line P1Q1 on which the position information (x11, yll) in the first actual position information group is obtained,
  • the image data of the image on the line P1S1 on which the position information (x31, y31) is based is the same as the image data of the image on the line P1S1 on which the position information (x31, y31) is based is the same as the image data of the image on
  • location information (x32, y32) and first Position information (xl2, yl2) inter-touch position information and the second set of actual touch object location information group corresponds to (x22, y22)
  • the position information (x42, y42) corresponds to the position information (xl2, yl2) in the first actual touch object position information group and the position information (x21, y21) in the second actual touch object position information group
  • Each of the third touch object position information group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32)) and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding position information is:
  • Each of the third touch object position information group ((x41, y41), (x42, y42)) and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group
  • the sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding position information is:
  • the third touch object position information group having a smaller square sum of differences is the third actual touch object position information group.
  • the processor matches the position information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention.
  • the actual touch objects P1 and ⁇ 3 are in a straight line
  • the actual touch objects ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 3 are in a straight line
  • the actual touch objects ⁇ 3 and ⁇ 2 are passed through the imaging device Ol.
  • the formed image is located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P2Q2, and the image formed by the actual touch objects P1 and ⁇ 3 via the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line P1Q3 and the straight line P3Q4, and the processing unit phase is located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P1Q3.
  • the imaging points, and the two imaging points on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3Q4, obtain the first actual touch object position information set ((x11, yll), (xl2, yl2)).
  • the images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3 after passing through the imaging device 03 are respectively located on the straight line P1S2, the straight line P2S1, and the straight On line P3S3, the images formed by the actual touch objects PI, P2, and P3 after passing through the imaging device 04 are respectively located on the straight line P1S5, the straight line P2S4, and the straight line P3S6, and the processing unit phase is located on the two images on the straight line P1S2 and the straight line P1S5.
  • the position information, the positional information of the two images on the straight line P2S1 and the straight line P2S4, and the positional information of the two images on the straight line P3S3 and the straight line P3S6 obtain the second actual touch object position information group (( X 21, y21), (x22, y22), (x23, y23)), the processing unit phase * position information of two images located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P2S1, position information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P1S2, and located
  • the position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3S3 obtains a third touch object position information group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32), (x33, y33)), according to the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S2.
  • the position information of the two images, the position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S1, and the position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3S3 can obtain a third touch object position information group (( X41, y41), (x42, y42), (x43, y43)), based on position information of two images on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P3S3, positional information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S1, and two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P1S2
  • the position information can obtain a third touch object position information group ((x51, y51), (x52, y52), (x53, y53)), according to the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P2S1, The position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S2, and the positional information of
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group
  • the processing may be performed in addition to the two methods shown in FIG. 9 and FIG.
  • the unit may further acquire an absolute value of a difference between the position information in each third touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group.
  • a third touch object position information group that is the sum of the absolute values of the differences is used as the third actual touch object position information group.
  • step 31 the following steps may be further included:
  • Step 65 The processing unit acquires size information of the actual touch object.
  • the processing unit acquires the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group.
  • the size of the touch object is different, and the width of the dark spot area formed on the image data is also different. Therefore, the size of the touch object can be estimated by using this feature.
  • the touch positioning method of the present invention is the second embodiment.
  • the schematic diagram of calculating the size of the touch object, P is the touch object, Ol is one of the two imaging devices, and the image formed by the touch object P via the imaging device Ol is located between the line ⁇ ' and the line OIP, P,
  • the center of P" is P0. According to the data collected by the imaging device Ol, it can be calculated between OIP and OIP.
  • the approximate radius of the touch object P obtained by another imaging device of the two imaging devices can also be calculated, and the approximate radius r of the touch object P is:
  • the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro imaging devices, and then obtains according to the two macro imaging devices.
  • the third touch object position information group further matches the third touch object position information group with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby realizing Remove the "ghost point" that appears during the process of locating more than two touch objects to pinpoint the location of the touch object.
  • the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the two macro imaging devices.
  • each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group.
  • the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different position imaging devices, the two The distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and any two of the actual touch objects and the two devices with different positions are different
  • the optical center of an imaging device is not in a straight line.
  • the touch system may further include at least one imaging device, and the at least one imaging device includes a third imaging device, and each position in the touch detection region is located in the third imaging device.
  • the flow chart of the third embodiment of the method for inventing a touch is different from the flow chart shown in FIG. 3, and the step 32 may further include the following steps:
  • Step 71 The processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information groups.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object. And/or location information of the virtual touch object;
  • Step 72 The processing unit acquires a second actual touch object location information group.
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes the actual touch object position. information.
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit respectively acquires the position information and the first actual touch object position information in each second touch object position information group.
  • the processing unit may further acquire the position information and the second information in each second touch object position information group.
  • the sum of the absolute values of the differences of the respective position information in the actual touch object position information group, and the second touch object position information group in which the sum of the absolute values of the differences is the second actual touch object position information group.
  • the processing unit may further acquire size information of the actual touch object. Specifically, the processing unit obtains the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group. Referring to FIG. 11, details are not described herein again.
  • the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the group of macro imaging devices, and then obtains the second touch object position information group according to the two remote imaging devices, and then The two touch object position information groups are matched with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning The location where the object is touched.
  • the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object based on the image data acquired by the two macro imaging devices.
  • Touch positioning method fourth embodiment is applied to a touch system including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus including a first multi-lens imaging apparatus including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus and a touch detection area, the first multi-lens imaging apparatus including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, and touch detection Each location within the zone is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the field of view of each lens in the first multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens.
  • the lens acquires image data of the touch detection area and images the image data on the optical sensor, specifically, different lenses are imaged in different areas of the optical sensor.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual Location information of the touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • step 32 the processing unit removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information.
  • the first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the number of touched objects detected by the two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device is m and ! 1, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n), and the obtained number of first touch object position information groups is max(m, n) !
  • the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained.
  • FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 For the specific working principle of the embodiment, reference may be made to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, and the imaging device in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device, from the plurality of first touch object positions.
  • the virtual group including the virtual touch outside the touch detection area is removed from the information group.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • any two in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, any two in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the actual touch object and the optical fiber connection direction of the lens at the two positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions of the lens, and the two positions are different between the optical centers of the lenses
  • the distance is greater than the width of the pixel that can be recognized by the lens with different positions, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
  • the multi-lens imaging device may further include a second multi-lens imaging device, the second multi-lens imaging device includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor, and the touch detection area
  • the second multi-lens imaging device includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor
  • the touch detection area Each position in the second multi-lens imaging device is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the second multi-lens imaging device, and any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are different in the two positions.
  • the distance between the optical fiber connection directions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices is greater than the imaging devices of the two different positions.
  • the width of the identifiable pixel is not in line with the optical center of any of the two actual imaging objects and the imaging devices of the two different positions.
  • the field of view of each lens in the second multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the second multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens.
  • the lens when the lens is used to position the touch object in a multi-lens imaging device, the smaller the pitch of the lens is, the larger the positioning error is.
  • the imaging device in FIG. 6 is equivalent to the implementation. The lens in the example will not be described here.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object positions according to the image data collected by the lens in the second multi-lens imaging device.
  • the information group, the second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • step 62 the processing unit removes the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the second actual touch object position information.
  • the second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • step 63 the processing unit acquires a plurality of third touch object positions according to the image data acquired by the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the frame teaching data collected by the second lens in the second multi-lens imaging device.
  • the information group, the third touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • step 64 the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group,
  • the three actual touch object position information groups include position information of the actual touch object.
  • the processing unit firstly determines the position information of the actual touch object by using a set of macro lenses, and then obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a set of remote lens, because "the ghost point” "The distance information determined by the macro lens is far away, and the actual touch object distance is closer to the position information determined by the lens.
  • each third touch object position information group and the first actual touch object position information are used. The group matches the second actual touch object position information group, and the position of the touch object can be positioned more accurately.
  • the first lens is the lens that detects the most touched objects in at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; the second lens is the second multi-lens The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the imaging devices.
  • the imaging device in FIG. 8 is equivalent.
  • the lens in this embodiment is not described here.
  • the first lens and the second lens are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system when the position of the touch object is accurately positioned using two remote lenses.
  • step 64 preferably, the processing unit compares the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first The actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group. Specifically, the processing unit respectively acquires a difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group.
  • the processing unit may further acquire an absolute difference between the position information in each third touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group.
  • the sum of the values, the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the differences is taken as the third actual touch object position information group.
  • step 31 the following steps may be further included:
  • Step 66 The processing unit acquires size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the processing unit acquires size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group according to the image data acquired by the two macro lenses, and then obtains the third touch object according to the two remote distance lenses. Positioning the information group, and matching the third touch object position information group with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing removal of the positioning two More than one "ghost point" in the process of touching objects, precisely locate the location of the touch object.
  • the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses. Touch positioning method sixth embodiment
  • the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, the touch detection area
  • the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the optical centers of the two different positions
  • the distance between the two pixels is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
  • the touch system may further include at least one single lens imaging device, and the single lens imaging device includes a first single lens imaging device, each position in the touch detection area is located at the first Within the field of view of a single lens imaging device.
  • the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information according to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the image data collected by the first single lens imaging device.
  • the second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • step 72 the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes the actual touch object. Location information.
  • the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit respectively acquires the position information and the first actual touch object position information in each second touch object position information group.
  • the processing unit may further acquire the position information and the second information in each second touch object position information group. a sum of absolute values of differences of corresponding position information in an actual touch object position information group, a second touch object position information group in which a sum of absolute values of differences is the smallest as second actual touch object position information Group.
  • the processing unit may further acquire the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the imaging device in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the embodiment.
  • the lens is not mentioned here.
  • the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data acquired by the two macro lenses, and then obtains the second touch object position information group according to the two macro lens, and then the second touch.
  • the object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object location.
  • the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention may include at least one imaging device group 121 , a first touch object position information group acquiring module 122 , and a first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 .
  • the first touch object position information group acquisition module 122 is connected to at least one imaging device group 121
  • the first actual touch object position information group acquisition module 123 is connected to the first touch object position information group acquisition module 122.
  • the at least one imaging device group 121 includes at least a first imaging device group, and the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each of the touch detection regions of the touch system being located in the first imaging device group. Within the field of view of different imaging devices, the imaging device is used to acquire image data of the touch detection zone.
  • the field of view of each of the first imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two 4 image devices are equivalent to one Imaging equipment.
  • the first touch object position information group acquiring module 122 is configured to acquire a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, where the first touch object position information group includes the actual touch object Location information and/or location information of a virtual touch object,
  • the first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 obtains the first touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two image forming devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 is configured to remove the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first An actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the number of touch objects detected by the imaging device is m and n, respectively, wherein m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n)
  • the number of the first touch object position information groups obtained by the first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 is ma X (m, n) !
  • the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 is removed and included in the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group.
  • the first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information according to the drawing teaching data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group in the at least one imaging device group 121.
  • the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and obtains The first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • any two in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices
  • the distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a touch positioning device according to the present invention, in order to The position of the touch object is more accurately positioned, which is different from the structural diagram shown in FIG. 13 in that at least one device group 121 can be at least two imaging device groups 131, at least two imaging images.
  • the device group 131 may include a second imaging device group in addition to the first imaging device group, and the second imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each location in the touch detection region is located in the second imaging device group.
  • the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the two
  • the distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, any two actual touches
  • the optical center of any one of the imaging devices different in the two positions is not in a straight line.
  • the field of view of each of the second imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the second imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two imaging devices are equivalent to one into four Like equipment.
  • the present embodiment may further include a second touch object position information group acquisition module 132, a second actual touch object position information group acquisition module 133, and a third touch object position information group.
  • the second touch object position information group obtaining module 132 is connected to the at least two imaging device group 131
  • the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 is connected to the second touch object position information group acquiring module 132.
  • the third touch object position information is connected.
  • the group acquisition module 134 is connected to the at least two imaging device groups 131, and the third actual object location information group obtaining module 135 is respectively associated with the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133.
  • the third touch object location information group acquisition module 134 is connected.
  • the second touch object location information group obtaining module 132 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object location information groups according to the map teaching data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group of the at least two imaging device groups 131.
  • the second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, where the second touch object location information group acquisition module 132
  • the second touch object location information group is obtained according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 is configured to remove the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the first The actual touch object location information group, the second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the third touch object position information group obtaining module 134 is configured to collect image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group and the second imaging device in the second imaging device group.
  • the image data is obtained by acquiring a plurality of third touch object position information groups, where the third touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object, wherein the third touch object position information group obtaining module 134
  • the third touch object location information group is obtained according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 is configured to match the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch.
  • the object location information group, the third actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 respectively determine the position information of the actual touch object by using a group of macroscopic imaging devices, and then the third touch.
  • the object location information group obtaining module 134 obtains the position information and the "ghost point" of the actual touch object by using a set of remote imaging devices, because the "ghost point" is far from the position information determined by the near distance imaging device, and the actual touch object distance is near
  • the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 utilizes this property to use the third actual object position information group and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position.
  • the information groups are matched so that the bits of the touch object can be positioned more accurately in order to detect all the touch objects as much as possible.
  • the first imaging device can image at least two of the first imaging device groups.
  • the imaging device that detects the most touched objects in the device; the second imaging device may be the second imaging device The device group to at least two imaging apparatus 4 as the largest device detects a touch object.
  • the two imaging devices farthest from the touch detection region can also be selected, in this embodiment.
  • the first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system.
  • the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group.
  • a third actual touch object position information group is obtained.
  • the third actual touch object position information group acquisition module 135 may include a third distance acquisition unit 1351 and a third actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1352.
  • the third distance acquiring unit 1351 is respectively connected to the third touch object position information group acquiring module 135, the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133, and the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123, and the third actual touch object position.
  • the block acquisition unit 1352 is connected to the if-large acquisition unit 1351.
  • the third distance acquiring unit 1351 is configured to respectively acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the second actual touch object location information group. The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding location information.
  • the third actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1352 uses the third touch object position information group for minimizing the square sum of the differences as the third actual touch object position information group.
  • the image data of the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group and one image data of the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group are acquired. Acquiring one image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is based is the same.
  • the third distance acquiring unit 1351 and the third actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1352 refer to the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, which is not described herein.
  • the third distance acquiring unit 1351 may further acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information and the second actual touch object location information group in the first actual touch object location information group, respectively.
  • the third actual touch object position information acquiring unit 1352 may also use the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the difference as the third actual touch object position information. group.
  • the embodiment may further include a first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 connected to the at least two imaging device groups 131 for acquiring the actual touch object according to the data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group. Size Information. For details, refer to FIG. 11 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 respectively obtain the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro imaging devices.
  • a second actual touch object position information group, and then the third touch object position information group obtaining module 134 obtains a third touch object position information group according to the two remote distance imaging devices, and the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135
  • the three-touch object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby achieving removal in the process of locating two or more touch objects.
  • the first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 can also determine the size of the touch object.
  • each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group.
  • the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different position imaging devices, the two The distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and any two of the actual touch objects and the imaging devices different from the two positions The center of the device is not in a straight line.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention, which is different from the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 13 in that the embodiment further includes at least one imaging device 141 and a seventh touch object.
  • at least one imaging device 141 may include a third imaging device, and each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of the third imaging device.
  • the seventh touch object position information group obtaining module 142 is connected to the at least one imaging device 141, and the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 is respectively associated with the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and The seventh touch object location group acquisition module 142 is connected.
  • the seventh touch object position group obtaining module 142 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group, and the second touch object
  • the location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 is configured to match the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, and the second actual touch object position.
  • the information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 may include a seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 and a seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1432.
  • the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 is connected to the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 and the seventh touch object position information group acquiring module 142, respectively, and the seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1432 and the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431. connection.
  • the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 is configured to respectively acquire a square sum of the difference between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group.
  • the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1432 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of squares of differences as the second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position in the second touch object position information group is acquired.
  • One of the image data on which the information is based is identical to one of the image data from which the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group is acquired.
  • the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 may further acquire, respectively, a sum of absolute values of differences between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group,
  • the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1432 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the differences as the second actual touch object position information group.
  • the embodiment may further include a first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 connected to the at least one imaging device group 121 for collecting according to the imaging device in the first imaging device group of the at least one imaging device group 121. Image data, obtaining the size information of the actual touch object.
  • a first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 connected to the at least one imaging device group 121 for collecting according to the imaging device in the first imaging device group of the at least one imaging device group 121.
  • Image data obtaining the size information of the actual touch object.
  • the first actual touch object location information group obtaining module 123 is based on two giants. Obtaining the first actual touch object position information group from the image data collected by the imaging device, and then the seventh touch object position information group obtaining module 142 acquires the plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the two remote imaging devices. The seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain the second actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal of the two positioning positions.
  • the "ghost point" that appears in the process of touching the object above, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
  • the first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 can also determine the size of the touch object according to the two macro imaging devices.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning apparatus according to the present invention, which may include at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, a fourth touch object position information group acquiring module 152, and a fourth actual touch object position information group.
  • Module 153 The fourth touch object position information group acquisition module 152 is connected to at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, and the fourth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 153 is connected to the fourth touch object position information group acquisition module 152.
  • the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 may include a first multi-lens imaging device, and the first multi-lens imaging device may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area of the touch system is located at the first Within the field of view of two differently positioned lenses in a multi-lens imaging device, the lens captures image data of the touch detection zone and images the image data onto an optical sensor, specifically, different lenses are imaged in different regions of the optical sensor.
  • the field of view of each lens in the first multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens.
  • the fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 is configured to acquire a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 is configured to be removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and is located in the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object.
  • the number of touched objects detected by the lens is m and !1, respectively, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touched objects is max(m, n)
  • the number of the first touch object position information groups obtained by the fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 is max(m, n) !
  • the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 is removed and included in the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group.
  • the fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151. Then, the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and obtains the first An actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • the difference from the previous embodiment is that, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, touch The distance between any two actual touch objects in the detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, the two different positions The distance between the optical centers is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
  • FIG. 17 a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention, in order to more accurately locate the position of the touch object, is different from the structural diagram shown in FIG. 16 in that at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 may specifically be at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161.
  • the at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161 may further include a second multi-lens imaging device based on the first multi-lens imaging device, and the second multi-lens imaging device may include at least two a lens and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the second multi-lens imaging device, and any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are in the
  • the distance between the optical fiber connecting directions of the two different positions of the lens is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions of the lens, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is larger than the two positions
  • the width of the pixel that can be recognized by different lenses, the optical center of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
  • the lens captures image data and images the image on an optical sensor.
  • the embodiment may further include a fifth touch object position information group acquisition module 162, a fifth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 163, and a sixth touch object position information group acquisition module. 164 and a sixth actual touch object location block acquisition module 165.
  • the fifth touch object position information group obtaining block 162 is connected to the at least two multi-lens imaging device 161, and the fifth actual touch object position information group acquiring module 163 is connected to the fifth touch object position information group acquiring module 162, and the sixth touch The object position information group obtaining module 164 is connected to the at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 and the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 and the fifth actual touch object position information, respectively.
  • the group acquisition module 163 and the sixth touch object location information group are connected to the block 164.
  • the fifth touch object position information group obtaining module 162 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object position information according to the picture teaching data collected by the lens in the second multi-lens imaging device of the at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161.
  • the second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
  • the fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 is configured to remove the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the first
  • the actual touch object location information group, the second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the sixth touch object position group obtaining block 164 is configured to acquire a plurality of image data collected by the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the second lens captured in the second multi-lens imaging device.
  • the third touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object.
  • the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 is configured to use the third touch object position information group and the first actual touch object position information group. And/or the second actual touch object position information group is matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, and the third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 and the fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 respectively determine the position information of the actual touch object by using a set of macro lens, and then the sixth touch object.
  • the location information group obtaining module 164 obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a set of remote lens. Since the "ghost point" is far away from the position information determined by the lens, the actual touch object distance is sharp away from the ilii.
  • the position information determined by the lens is relatively close, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 utilizes this property to set each of the third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group. Matching, so that the location of the touch object can be positioned more accurately.
  • the first lens is the lens that detects the most touched objects in at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; the second lens is the second multi-lens The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the imaging devices.
  • the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain The third actual touch object position information group.
  • the sixth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 165 may include a sixth distance acquisition unit 1651 and a sixth actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1652.
  • the sixth distance acquisition unit 1651 is connected to the fourth actual touch object position information acquisition module 153, the fifth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 163, and the sixth touch object position information group acquisition module 164, respectively.
  • the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 is configured to respectively acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the second actual touch object location information group. The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding location information.
  • the sixth actual touch level The set information acquiring unit 1652 is configured to use, as the third actual touch object position information group, the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the squares of the differences according to the calculation result of the sixth distance obtaining unit 1651.
  • the image data of the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group and one image data of the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group are acquired.
  • the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 and the sixth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1652 may further acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information and the second actual touch object location information group in the first actual touch object location information group, respectively.
  • the sum of the absolute values of the differences of the corresponding position information in the middle, the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1652 may further reduce the sum of the absolute values of the differences according to the calculation result of the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651
  • the location information group serves as a third actual touch object location information group.
  • the embodiment may further include a second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166, configured to obtain size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the working principle of the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 is specifically shown in FIG. 11, and the image forming apparatus in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and is not mentioned here.
  • the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 and the fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 respectively obtain the first actual touch object position information group and the first according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses.
  • the second touch object position information group, the sixth touch object position information group obtaining module 164 obtains the third touch object position information group according to the two remote distance lenses, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 further applies the third touch.
  • the object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the occurrence of the process of positioning two or more touch objects. "Ghost point", pinpoint the location of the touch object.
  • the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 can also determine the size of the touch object.
  • Touch positioning device sixth embodiment The difference from the fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device is that, in the embodiment, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, the two positions
  • the distance between the optical centers of different lenses is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, and the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in one On the line.
  • FIG. 18 it is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention.
  • the embodiment may further include at least one single-lens imaging device 171 and an eighth touch object position.
  • the eighth touch object position group acquisition module 172 is respectively connected to at least one single lens imaging device 171 and at least one multi-lens imaging device 151.
  • the single lens imaging device 171 may include a first single lens imaging device, each position within the touch detection area being within the field of view of the first single lens imaging device
  • the eighth touch object position information acquisition module 172 is configured to acquire an image according to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 and the first single-lens imaging device in the at least one single-lens imaging device 171 Data, acquiring a plurality of second touch object position information groups, the second touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object.
  • the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 is configured to match the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, and the second actual touch object position.
  • the information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 may include an eighth distance acquiring unit 1721 and an eighth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1722; the eighth distance obtaining unit 1721 is configured to acquire each of the respective The sum of the squares of the difference between the position information in the second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group.
  • the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1722 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of squares of differences as the second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position in the second touch object position information group is acquired One image data in the image data on which the information is based and the first actual data obtained One image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the touch object position information group is based is the same.
  • the eighth distance acquiring unit 1721 may further acquire a sum of absolute values of differences between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group, respectively.
  • the eight actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1722 may also use the second touch object position information group having the smallest sum of absolute values as the second actual touch object position information group.
  • the embodiment may further include a second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166, configured to obtain size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
  • the working principle of the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 is specifically shown in FIG. 11, and the image forming apparatus in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and is not mentioned here.
  • the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses, and then the eighth touch object position information group obtaining module 172 is The remote lens and the image data acquired by the single lens imaging device acquire a plurality of second touch object position information groups, and the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 sets the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first The actual touch object position information group is matched to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 can also determine the size of the touch object.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention, which may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, at least one device-like device group 1431, 1432 143m, and Processing unit 16.
  • the inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and retroreflective strips 14 are mounted around the touch detection area 17, and at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n is respectively mounted adjacent to at least one imaging device group 1431,
  • the imaging device group may include a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection region is located at two different positions in the first imaging device group The field of view of the imaging device.
  • Processing unit 16 and at least An imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m is connected.
  • m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the retroreflective strip 14 reflects light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m Acquiring image data of the touch detection area and transmitting the image data to the processing unit 16, the processing unit 16 acquiring a plurality of image data acquired by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m a first touch object position information group, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of an actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object, wherein how to acquire the first touch object position according to image data acquired by the two imaging devices
  • the first touch object position information group includes position information of an actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object
  • the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group,
  • the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are in the two
  • the distance between the optical fiber connection directions of the four-image devices having different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices is greater than the distance
  • the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the imaging devices of the two different positions are not in a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
  • the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
  • the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area.
  • First touch object location information of location information of the virtual touch object The group obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
  • a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, and a touch object. At least one of the device groups 1431, 1432 143m and the processing unit 16. frame
  • the inside of the 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted on the touch object P, and at least one light source 1411, 1412 141n is respectively mounted adjacent to at least one imaging device group 1431,
  • At least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m may include a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection region 17 is located at the first imaging Two of the devices in the device group have different fields of view of the imaging device.
  • m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the retroreflective strip 14 reflects light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m Collecting the image data of the touch detection area and transmitting the image data to the processing unit 16, the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, wherein the processing unit 16 acquires the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the imaging device, as specifically seen in FIG. No longer praise.
  • the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group,
  • the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • the shape of the cross section of the touch object P may be a circle, a square, a triangle or any other shape.
  • the distance between the two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the two images are different in imaging.
  • the distance between the optical centers of the devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and the optical centers of any of the two actual imaging devices and the imaging devices different from the two positions are absent On a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
  • the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, more precisely Position the touch object.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, and at least one device group.
  • the inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17. At least one of the illumination sources 1411, 1412 141n is mounted around the touch detection area 17, respectively.
  • the processing unit 16 is coupled to at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m.
  • a first imaging device group may be included in at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, and each position in the touch detection region 17 is located in two of the first imaging device groups Within the field of view of different imaging devices.
  • m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • At least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n transmits light to at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, and at least two imaging devices of at least one of the 4 image device groups 1431, 1432 143m acquire image data of the touch detection area and
  • the image data is sent to processing unit 16, which is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m
  • the image data acquired by the imaging device in the first imaging device group in the first imaging device group acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object
  • the processing unit 16 obtains the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG.
  • the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group,
  • the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • any two actual areas in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two actual areas in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the touch object in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image device is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices
  • the distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
  • the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area.
  • the first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch The location of the object.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
  • a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and processing.
  • Unit 16 The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted around the touch detection area 17, at least one The light sources 1411, 1412 141n are respectively mounted adjacent to at least one multi-lens imaging device
  • At least one multi-camera device 1931, 1932 1931, 1932 193m position. At least one multi-camera device 1931, 1932
  • a first multi-lens imaging apparatus may be included in the 193m, the first multi-lens imaging apparatus may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each of the positions in the touch detection area 17 being located in the first multi-lens imaging apparatus Within the field of view of the differently positioned lenses, processing unit 16 is coupled to the optical sensors of at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m.
  • m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the retroreflective strip 14 reflects the light emitted by the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip 14 to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m.
  • the lens captures the image data of the touch detection area 17 and images the image data onto the optical sensor, and the different lenses are imaged in different areas on the optical sensor.
  • the processing unit 16 is configured to be based on at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931,
  • Image data acquired by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of 1932, ..., 193m acquiring a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or virtual Touching the location information of the object, removing the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object location information group
  • the first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
  • any two actual areas in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than
  • the width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
  • the processing unit 16 is configured according to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931. Acquiring image data acquired by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in 1932, ..., 193m, acquiring a plurality of first touch object position information groups, being removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located in the touch detection area The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch The location of the object.
  • a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a touch object, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and a processing unit. 16.
  • the inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted on the touch object P, at least one light source 1411,
  • the retroreflective strip 14 reflects the light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m.
  • the lens captures the image data of the touch detection area 17 and images the image data onto corresponding optical sensors, and the different lenses are imaged in different areas on the optical sensor.
  • the processing unit 16 is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group Include location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, and remove first touch object location information including location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups Group, obtaining a first actual touch object position information group, where the first actual touch object position information group includes a position information of the actual touch object Interest.
  • the shape of the cross section of the touch object P may be a circle, a square, a triangle or any other shape.
  • any two actual areas in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than
  • the width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932, ..., 193m. Removing the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal in the positioning
  • the "ghost point" that appears in the process of two or more touch objects, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
  • FIG. 24 it is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention, which may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and processing unit 16. .
  • the inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area
  • the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m may include a first multi-lens imaging device, and the first multi-lens imaging device may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area 17 being located at the first Within the field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the multi-lens imaging device, the processing unit 16 and the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931 1932 193m optical sensor connection.
  • m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
  • At least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n emits light to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, the lens captures the image of the touch detection area 17 and images the image on the optical sensor, and the different lenses are imaged on the optical sensor Different areas.
  • the processing unit 16 is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group Include location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, and remove first touch object location information including location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups The group obtains a first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
  • any two actual areas in the touch detection area when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area
  • the distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than
  • the width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
  • the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932, ..., 193m. Removing the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal in the positioning
  • the "ghost point" that appears in the process of two or more touch objects, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
  • the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.

Abstract

A touch positioning method, the device and touch system thereof are provided. The touch positioning method includes the following steps: according to the image data captured by the imaging device of the first imaging device group, acquiring several first touch objects position information groups, which include the position information of actual touch objects and/or virtual touch objects; obtaining the first actual touch objects position information groups by removing the position information of the virtual touch objects beyond the touch detection area from said several first touch objects position information groups, the first actual touch objects position information groups include the position information of the actual touch objects. The invention enables accurate positioning of the touch objects by removing the 'ghost points' present during the positioning process of more than two touch objects.

Description

触摸定位方法和装置、 触摸系统 技术领域  Touch positioning method and device, touch system
本发明涉及光电技术领域, 尤其涉及一种触摸定位方法和装置、 触摸 系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of optoelectronic technologies, and in particular, to a touch positioning method and apparatus, and a touch system. Background technique
随着计算机技术的普及, 在 20世纪 90年代初出现了一种新的人机交 互技术一触摸屏技术。 采用这种技术, 使用者只要用手或笔等物体轻轻地 触摸计算机显示屏上的图形或文字就能操作计算机, 从而摆脱了键盘和鼠 标的束缚, 极大地方便了使用者。  With the popularization of computer technology, a new touch-screen technology of human-computer interaction technology emerged in the early 1990s. With this technology, the user can operate the computer by gently touching the graphic or text on the computer display screen with an object such as a pen or a pen, thereby freeing the keyboard and the mouse from the constraints, which greatly facilitates the user.
现在普遍使用的触摸屏包括红外触摸屏和带摄像头触摸屏。 其中, 红 外触摸屏使用大量的一一对应的红外发射管和红外接收管确定触摸物的位 置信息, 原理比较简单; 但是, 由于红外触摸屏使用了大量的红外元件, 安装调试比较复杂, 因此生产成本较高; 此外, 由于红外发射管和红外接 收管容易老化, 从而导致红外触摸屏的可靠性不高。 而带摄像头触摸屏由 于结构简单、 成本低廉、 生产容易、 可靠性高, 因此被广泛使用。  Touch screens that are commonly used today include infrared touch screens and touch screens with cameras. Among them, the infrared touch screen uses a large number of one-to-one corresponding infrared transmitting tubes and infrared receiving tubes to determine the position information of the touch object, and the principle is relatively simple; however, since the infrared touch screen uses a large number of infrared components, the installation and debugging are complicated, so the production cost is relatively high. In addition, since the infrared transmitting tube and the infrared receiving tube are easily deteriorated, the reliability of the infrared touch screen is not high. The touch screen with a camera is widely used because of its simple structure, low cost, easy production, and high reliability.
如图 1所示, 为现有技术中带摄像头触摸屏的结构示意图, 包括框架 12、 安装在框架 12的相邻的两个角落处的红外成像设备 19和 10、 分别安 装在邻近红外成像设备 19和 10的位置处的两个红外光源 112和 113、 安 装在框架 12的边缘的回归反射条 14、 以及分别与红外成像设备 19和 10 连接的处理单元 16。其中,框架 12的内部为触摸检测区 17。红外光源 112 和 113的照射范围覆盖整个触摸检测区, 红外成像设备 19和 10的视场覆 盖整个触摸检测区。 图 1所示带摄像头触摸屏采用下列方法确定触摸物的 位置: 再参见图 1, 当触摸检测区 17内具有触摸物 P时, 根据触摸物 P在 红外成像设备 19和 10采集的图像数据中的成像点的位置信息, 可以获得 触摸物 P分别与两个成像设备的连线之间的夹角《和 , 红外成像设备 19 和 10之间的距离为 L, 假设红外成像设备 19所在的位置为坐标原点, 可  As shown in FIG. 1, it is a schematic structural diagram of a touch screen with a camera in the prior art, including a frame 12, infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 installed at two adjacent corners of the frame 12, respectively installed in the adjacent infrared imaging device 19 Two infrared light sources 112 and 113 at the position of 10 and 10, retroreflective strips 14 mounted at the edges of the frame 12, and processing units 16 connected to the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10, respectively. The inside of the frame 12 is the touch detection area 17. The illumination ranges of the infrared light sources 112 and 113 cover the entire touch detection area, and the fields of view of the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 cover the entire touch detection area. The touch screen with the camera shown in FIG. 1 determines the position of the touch object by the following method: Referring again to FIG. 1, when there is a touch object P in the touch detection area 17, according to the image data collected by the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 by the touch object P The position information of the imaging point can obtain an angle between the touch object P and the connection line of the two imaging devices respectively, and the distance between the infrared imaging devices 19 and 10 is L, assuming that the position of the infrared imaging device 19 is Coordinate origin,
1 替换页 (细则第 26条) 以利用三角测量法, 依照下列公式得到触摸物 P的横坐标 X和纵坐标 y:
Figure imgf000004_0001
1 Replacement page (Article 26) Using the triangulation method, the abscissa X and the ordinate y of the touch object P are obtained according to the following formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
y = (L x tgfi x tga) l{tg + tg ?)  y = (L x tgfi x tga) l{tg + tg ?)
但是, 发明人在研究本发明的过程发现现有技术存在如下缺陷: 当存 在两个以上触摸物时, 可能会出现 "鬼点" , 其中 "鬼点" 指不是实际触 摸物即虚拟触摸物所在位置, 如图 2所示, 为图 1所示带摄像头触摸屏确 定两个触摸物所在位置的工作原理示意图, 其中, P2和 P3是实际触摸物, 实际触摸物 P2和 P3经红外成像设备 10和 19后会得到四个像, 即经红外 成像设备 10后实际触摸物 P2和 P3所成的像分别位于直线 P2M1和 P3M2 上,经红外成像设备 9后实际触摸物 P2和 P3所成的像分别位于直线 P2N1 和 P3N2上, 采用上述方法确定实际触摸物所在位置时, 可以得到如下两 组位置信息组: 处理单元才艮据位于直线 P2M1和直线 P3N2上的两个像的 位置信息、 以及位于直线 P3M2和 P2N2上的两个像的位置信息可以得到 However, the inventors have found that the prior art has the following drawbacks in studying the process of the present invention: When there are more than two touch objects, a "ghost point" may appear, wherein "ghost point" refers to the virtual touch object that is not the actual touch object. Position, as shown in FIG. 2, is a schematic diagram of the working principle of determining the position of two touch objects with the camera touch screen shown in FIG. 1, wherein P2 and P3 are actual touch objects, and actual touch objects P2 and P3 are passed through the infrared imaging device 10 and After 19, four images will be obtained, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P2 and P3 after the infrared imaging device 10 are respectively located on the straight lines P2M1 and P3M2, and the images formed by the actual touch objects P2 and P3 after the infrared imaging device 9 respectively Located on the straight lines P2N1 and P3N2, when the position of the actual touch object is determined by the above method, the following two sets of position information groups can be obtained: The processing unit records the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2M1 and the straight line P3N2, and is located on the straight line. The position information of the two images on P3M2 and P2N2 can be obtained.
( Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4) )这组包括虛拟触摸物 PI和 P4的位置信息的位 置信息组, 据位于直线 P2M1和直线 P2N1上的两个像的位置信息、 以 及位于直线 P3M2和直线 P3N2上的两个像的位置信息可以得到 (P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3) )这组包括实际触摸物 P2和 P3的位置信息的位置信息组; 然而, ( P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3) )才是包括实际触摸物 P2和 P3的位置信 息的位置信息组, ( Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4,y4) )为 "鬼点" , 从而触摸屏不能 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 当存在三个或更多个触摸物时, 也可能会出现(Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4)) This group includes position information sets of positional information of the virtual touch objects PI and P4, based on the positional information of the two images located on the straight line P2M1 and the straight line P2N1, and located The position information of the two images on the straight line P3M2 and the straight line P3N2 can obtain (P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3)) the set of positional information including the positional information of the actual touched objects P2 and P3; however, ( P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3) is the position information group including the position information of the actual touch objects P2 and P3, (Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4)) is "ghost point" " , so that the touch screen cannot accurately locate the location of the touch object. May also appear when there are three or more touch objects
"鬼点" , 从而触摸屏也不能精确定位触摸物所在位置。 发明内容 "Ghost point", so the touch screen can not accurately locate the location of the touch object. Summary of the invention
本发明提供一种触摸定位方法和装置、 触摸系统, 用以实现去除在定 位两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点,, , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  The present invention provides a touch positioning method and apparatus, and a touch system for removing a "ghost point" that occurs during the process of positioning two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
本发明提供一种触摸定位方法, 所述方法应用于包括至少一个成像设 备组和触摸检测区的触摸系统, 所述成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所 述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置  The present invention provides a touch positioning method, the method being applied to a touch system including at least one imaging device group and a touch detection area, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two Imaging devices, each location in the touch detection area
' 2 替换页 (细则第 26条) 都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所 述方法包括: ' 2 replacement page (Article 26) All are located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the method comprising:
根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object. Location information;
从所述数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Removing a first touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain a first actual touch object position information group, where the An actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸定位方法, 所述方法应用于包括至少一个多镜 头成像设备和触摸检测区的触摸系统, 所述多镜头成像设备包括第一多镜 头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学传感 器, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头成像设备中的两 个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述方法包括:  The present invention also provides a touch positioning method applied to a touch system including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus and a touch detection area, the multi-lens imaging apparatus including a first multi-lens imaging apparatus, the first multi-lens The imaging device includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area being located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, the method comprising :
根据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object. Location information;
从所述数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Removing a first touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain a first actual touch object position information group, where the An actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸定位装置, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch positioning device, comprising:
至少一个成像设备组, 所述成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第 一成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位 置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成 4象设备用于采集所述触摸检测区的图舰据;  At least one imaging device group, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, each position in a touch detection region of the touch system being located in the first imaging The image forming device of the two different imaging devices in the device group is used to collect the data of the touch detection area;
第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的 成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第一触摸物位 置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一 触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸 物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 a first touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes Position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object; a first actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to use the plurality of first touch level The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the set of information, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, where the first actual touch object position information group includes the actual The location information of the touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸定位装置, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch positioning device, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头成像 设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触摸检 测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上;  At least one multi-lens imaging device, wherein the at least one multi-lens imaging device includes a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor in a touch detection area of the touch system Each position is located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection area and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一多镜头成像设备 中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第一触摸物位 置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一 触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸 物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a fourth touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes The position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object; the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to be removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located outside the touch detection area The first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains a first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸系统, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
至少一个成 4象设备组, 安装在所述触摸系统的触摸检测区周围, 所述 成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像 设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个 位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成像设备用于采集所述触摸检测区 的图像数据;  At least one imaging device group installed around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group includes a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group includes at least two imaging devices, and the touch detection Each location in the zone is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection zone;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在邻近所述至少一个成像设备组的位置; 回归反射条, 安装在触摸检测区周围或触摸物上, 用于将所述至少一 个发光源发射到所述回归反射条的光反射到所述至少一个成像设备组; 处理单元, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数 据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触摸物 位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第 一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 At least one illumination source respectively mounted at a position adjacent to the at least one imaging device group; a retroreflective strip mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip The light is reflected to the at least one imaging device group; the processing unit is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object from the plurality of first touch objects The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, where the first actual touch object position information group includes the actual The location information of the touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸系统, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
至少一个成像设备组, 安装在所述触摸系统的触摸检测区周围, 所述 成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像 设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个 位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成像设备用于采集所述触摸检测区 的图像数据;  At least one imaging device group mounted around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, the touch detection region Each location is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection region;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在所述触摸检测区周围, 用于将光发射到 所述至少一个成 4象设备组;  At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for transmitting light to the at least one imaging device group;
处理单元, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数 据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触摸物 位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第 一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object location information groups, where the first touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and And the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, to obtain the first actual Touching the object location information group, the first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸系统, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 所述触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头 成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触 摸检测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上;  At least one multi-lens imaging device, the at least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在邻近所述至少一个多镜头成 4象设备的位 回归反射条, 安装在触摸检测区周围或触摸物上, 用于将所述至少一 个发光源发射到所述回归反射条的光反射到所述至少一个多镜头成像设 备; 处理单元, 用于 ^据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的两个镜头采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触 摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息 的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 At least one illumination source, respectively mounted on a parasitic reflection strip adjacent to the at least one multi-lens imaging device, mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the regression Light from the reflective strip is reflected to the at least one multi-lens imaging device; a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object The location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, The first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
本发明还提供一种触摸系统, 包括:  The invention also provides a touch system, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 所述触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头 成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触 摸检测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上;  At least one multi-lens imaging device, the at least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在所述触摸检测区周围, 用于将光发射到 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备;  At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for transmitting light to the at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus;
处理单元, 用于 ^据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的两个镜头采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触 摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息 的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object The location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, The first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
本发明根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图係教据, 获取数个 第一触摸物位置信息组, 然后从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括 位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得 到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 附图说明  According to the teaching data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, the present invention acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then removes from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located outside the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object location. DRAWINGS
图 1为现有技术中带摄像头触摸屏的结构示意图; 图 2为图 1所示的带摄像头触摸屏确定两个触摸物所在位置的工作原 理示意图; 1 is a schematic structural view of a touch screen with a camera in the prior art; 2 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of determining the position of two touch objects with the touch screen of the camera shown in FIG. 1;
图 3为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的流程示意图;  3 is a schematic flow chart of a first embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention;
图 4 为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的一个实例的工作原理示意 图;  4 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of an example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention;
图 5为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的另一个实例的工作原理示意 图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of another example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention; FIG.
图 6为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中两个 巨离成像设备的定位 误差分析示意图;  6 is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two giant imaging devices in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention;
图 7为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例的流程示意图;  7 is a schematic flow chart of a second embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention;
图 8为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中两个远距离成像设备的定位 误差分析示意图;  8 is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two remote imaging devices in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention;
图 9为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中处理器匹配位置信息的一个 实例的工作原理示意图;  9 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of an example of processor matching location information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention;
图 10 为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中处理器匹配位置信息的另 一个实例的工作原理示意图;  FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing the working principle of another example of processor matching location information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention; FIG.
图 11 为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中计算触摸物尺寸的原理示 意图;  FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing the principle of calculating a touch object size in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention; FIG.
图 12为本发明触摸定位方法第三实施例的流程示意图;  12 is a schematic flowchart of a third embodiment of a touch positioning method according to the present invention;
图 13为发明触摸定位装置第一实施例的结构示意图;  13 is a schematic structural view of a first embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention;
图 14为本发明触摸定位装置第二实施例的结构示意图;  14 is a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of a touch positioning device according to the present invention;
图 15为发明触摸定位装置第三实施例的结构示意图;  15 is a schematic structural view of a third embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention;
图 16为发明触摸定位装置第四实施例的结构示意图;  16 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention;
图 17为发明触摸定位装置第四实施例的结构示意图;  17 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention;
图 18为发明触摸定位装置第四实施例的结构示意图;  18 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention;
图 19为本发明触摸系统第一实施例的结构示意图;  19 is a schematic structural view of a first embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention;
图 20为本发明触摸系统第二实施例的结构示意图;  20 is a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention;
图 21为本发明触摸系统第三实施例的结构示意图; 图 22为本发明触摸系统第四实施例的结构示意图; 21 is a schematic structural view of a third embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention; 22 is a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention;
图 23为本发明触摸系统第五实施例的结构示意图;  23 is a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention;
图 24为本发明触摸系统第六实施例的结构示意图。 具体实施方式  24 is a schematic structural view of a sixth embodiment of a touch system of the present invention. detailed description
下面结合说明书附图和具体实施方式对本发明作进一步的描述。  The invention is further described below in conjunction with the drawings and specific embodiments.
在本发明实施例中, 若未特别声明, 则 "成像设备" 指的是 "单镜头 成像设备" , "单镜头成像设备" 包括一个镜头和一个光学传感器。 此夕卜, 成像设备可以为摄像头、 摄係 等图像采集设备。  In the embodiment of the present invention, unless otherwise stated, the "imaging device" refers to a "single lens imaging device", and the "single lens imaging device" includes a lens and an optical sensor. Further, the imaging device may be an image capturing device such as a camera or a camera.
发明人在研究本发明的过程中发现: 当采用两个成像设备采集的图像 数据定位触摸物时, 若任意两个触摸物在该两个成像设备的光心连线方向 的距离小于该两个成像设备的光心的距离, 则所有 "鬼点" 位于触摸检测 区内, 此时不能去除 "鬼点" ; 若任意两个触摸物在该两个成 4象设备的光 心连线方向的距离大于或等于该两个成像设备的光心的距离, 则部分 "鬼 点" 会出现在触摸检测区之外, 可以考虑利用出现在触摸检测区外的 "鬼 点" 去除掉所有 "鬼点" 。  In the process of studying the present invention, the inventors found that when the image data collected by the two imaging devices are used to locate the touch object, if the distance between any two touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two imaging devices is less than the two The distance between the optical centers of the imaging device, then all the "ghost points" are located in the touch detection area, and the "ghost points" cannot be removed at this time; if any two touch objects are in the direction of the optical connection of the two four-image devices If the distance is greater than or equal to the distance between the optical centers of the two imaging devices, then some "ghost points" will appear outside the touch detection area. Consider using "ghost points" appearing outside the touch detection area to remove all "ghost points". " .
触摸定位方法第一实施例  Touch positioning method first embodiment
本实施例应用于包括至少一个成像设备组的和触摸检测区触摸系统, 成像设备组包括第一成像设备组,第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像 设备的视场之内, 成像设备用于采集触摸检测区的图像数据。 优选地, 第 一成像设备组中的每个成像设备的视场从不同方向覆盖整个触摸检测区; 可选地, 第一成像设备中包括三个成像设备, 其中一个成像设备的视场覆 盖整个触摸检测区, 另外两个成 4象设备的视场分别覆盖部分触摸检测区, 该另外两个成像设备的视场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区, 此时, 该另外两个 成像设备相当于一个成 4象设备。  The present embodiment is applied to a touch detection area touch system including at least one imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection area The imaging device is used to acquire image data of the touch detection area within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group. Preferably, the field of view of each of the first imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover a part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two imaging devices are equivalent to one Into a 4 elephant device.
如图 3所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的流程示意图, 可以 包括如下步骤: 步骤 31、 处理单元获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组; As shown in FIG. 3, it is a schematic flowchart of a touch positioning method according to a first embodiment of the present invention, which may include the following steps: Step 31: The processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object location information groups.
具体地,处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 其中, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际 触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。 其中, 处理单元如何根据 成像设备采集的图像数据获取第一触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在 此不再赘述。  Specifically, the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, wherein the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or The location information of the virtual touch object. The processing unit obtains the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the imaging device. For details, refer to FIG. 1, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 32、 处理单元得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组;  Step 32: The processing unit obtains a first actual touch object location information group.
具体地, 处理单元从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触 摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一 实际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位 置信息。  Specifically, the processing unit removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, The first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中,假设两个成像设备检测到的触摸物的个数分别为 m和 n, 其中, m和 n为大于或等于 2的自然数, 则实际触摸物个数为 max(m, n), 得到的第一触摸物位置信息组的个数为 maX(m,n)! , 去除掉包括位于 触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第 一实际触摸物位置信息组。 In this embodiment, it is assumed that the number of touch objects detected by the two imaging devices is m and n, respectively, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n The number of the first touch object position information groups obtained is m aX (m, n)! , and the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed, and the first An actual touch object location information group.
如图 4所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的一个实例的工作原 理示意图,其中, P1和 P2为两个实际触摸物, Ol和 02为两个成^ ί象设备, 这样实际触摸物 P1和 Ρ2经成像设备 Ol和 02后会得到四个像, 即经成 像设备 Ol后实际触摸物 P1和 Ρ2所成的像分别位于直线 P1S1和直线 P2S2 上, 经成像设备 02后实际触摸物 P1和 Ρ2所成的像分别位于直线 P1T1 和直线 Ρ2Τ2上。 处理单元根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P1T1上的两个像的 位置信息、以及位于直线 P2S2和直线 Ρ2Τ2上的两个像的位置信息可以得 到 ( Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2) )这组包括实际触摸物 PI和 P2的位置信息的 第一触摸物位置信息组,根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P2T2上的两个像的位 置信息、以及位于直线 P2S2和直线 P1T1上的两个像的位置信息可以得到 ( P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4) )这组包括虚拟触摸物 P3和 P4的位置信息的第 一触摸物位置信息组, 由于虚拟触摸物 P3位于触摸检测区外, 因此, 去 除掉 ( P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4) )这个第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到( Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2) )这组包括实际触摸物 PI和 P2的位置信息的第一实际触 摸物位置信息组。 如图 5所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法第一实施例的另一 个实例的工作原理示意图, 在本图中, 具有三个实际触摸物: Pl、 P2 和 P3,这样实际触摸物 Pl、 P2和 P3经成像设备 Ol和 02后会得到 6个像, 即经成像设备 Ol后实际触摸物 P1、P2和 P3所成的像分别位于直线 P1S1、 直线 P2S2和直线 P3S3上, 经成像设备 02后实际触摸物 Pl、 P2和 P3所 成的像分别位于 P1T1、 直线 Ρ2Τ2和直线 Ρ3Τ3上。 处理单元可以得到如 下 6个位置信息组:处理单元才据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P1T1上的两个像 的位置信息、位于直线 P2S2和直线 Ρ2Τ2上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位 于直线 P3S3和直线 Ρ3Τ3上的两个像的位置信息可以得到 ( Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2,y2), P3(x3, y3) )这组包括实际触摸物 Pl、 P2和 P3的位置信息的 第一触摸物位置信息组,根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P1T1上的两个像的位 置信息、位于直线 P2S2和直线 P3T3上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直 线 P3S3和 P2T2上的两个像的位置信息可以得到( Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4), P5(x5, y5) )这组包括实际触摸物 PI以及虚拟触摸物 P4和 P5的位置信息 的第一触摸物位置信息组,根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P2T2上的两个像的 位置信息、位于直线 P2S2和 P1T1上的两个像的位置信息可以得到( P6(x6, y6), P7(x7,y7), P3(x3, y3) )这组包括虚拟触摸物 P6和 P7以及实际触摸 物 P3 的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 根据位于直线 P1S1 和直线 P2T2上的两个像的位置信息、 位于直线 P2S2和直线 P3T3上的两个像的 位置信息、以及位于直线 P3S3和直线 P1T1上的两个像的位置信息可以得 到 (P6(x6, y6), P4(x4, y4), P8(x8, y8) )这组包括虚拟触摸物 P6、 P4和 P8的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组,根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P3T3 上的两个像的位置信息、位于直线 P2S2和直线 P1T1上的两个像的位置信 息、 以及位于直线 P3S3 和直线 P2T2 上的两个像的位置信息可以得到 ( P9(x9,y9), P7(x7,y7), P5(x5, y5) )这组包括虚拟触摸物 P9、 P7和 P5 的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P3T3上 的两个像的位置信息、位于直线 P2S2和直线 P2T2上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P3S3和 P1T1上的两个像的位置信息可以得到( P9(x9, y9), P2(x2, y2), P8(x8, y8) )这组包括虚拟触摸物 P9和 P8以及实际触摸物 P2 的第一触摸物位置信息的位置信息组, 由于 P4、 P6和 P9位于触摸检测区 外, 因此, 去除掉(Pl(xl,yl), P4(x4,y4), P5(x5, y5) ) 、 ( P6(x6, y6), P7(x7,y7), P3(x3, y3) ) , ( P6(x6, y6), P4(x4,y4), P8(x8, y8) )、 ( P9(x9, y9), P7(x7, y,、, P5(x5, y5) )和( P9(x9, y9), P2(x2, y2), P8(x8, y8) )这 五个第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到 (Pl(xl,yl), P2(x2,y2), P3(x3, y3) ) 这组包括实际触摸物 Pl、 P2和 P3的位置信息的第一实际触摸物位置信息 组。 需要说明的是, 图 4和图 5只用于示意, 还可以具有 4个或更多个触 摸物。 As shown in FIG. 4, it is a schematic diagram of the working principle of an example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, wherein P1 and P2 are two actual touch objects, and Ol and 02 are two devices, so that After the touch objects P1 and Ρ2 pass through the imaging devices Ol and 02, four images are obtained, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P1 and Ρ2 after the imaging device Ol are respectively located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2S2, and actually touched by the imaging device 02. The images formed by the objects P1 and Ρ2 are located on the straight line P1T1 and the straight line Ρ2Τ2, respectively. The processing unit can obtain (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2)) according to the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1T1, and the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line Ρ2Τ2. The set includes a first touch object position information group of position information of the actual touch objects PI and P2, position information of two images located on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2T2, and two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P1T1 The position information may obtain (P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4)) the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch objects P3 and P4, since the virtual touch object P3 is located outside the touch detection area. So, go The first touch object position information group is removed (P3(x3, y3), P4(x4, y4)), and the set of (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2)) is obtained including the actual touch object PI and The first actual touch object position information group of the position information of P2. As shown in FIG. 5 , it is a schematic diagram of the working principle of another example of the first embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention. In the figure, there are three actual touch objects: P1, P2 and P3, so that the actual touch objects P1 and P2 And P3 will obtain 6 images after imaging devices Ol and 02, that is, the images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2 and P3 after the imaging device Ol are respectively located on the straight line P1S1, the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P3S3, after the imaging device 02 The images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3 are located on P1T1, the line Ρ2Τ2, and the line Ρ3Τ3, respectively. The processing unit can obtain the following six position information groups: the processing unit is based on the position information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1T1, the position information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the line Ρ2Τ2, and the line P3S3 and The position information of the two images on the line Ρ3Τ3 can be obtained (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3)). This group includes the position information of the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3. a touch object position information group, based on position information of two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1T1, position information of two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P3T3, and two images on the straight lines P3S3 and P2T2 The position information may obtain (Pl(xl, yl), P4(x4, y4), P5(x5, y5)) the first touch object position information including the actual touch object PI and the position information of the virtual touch objects P4 and P5. The group can be obtained from the positional information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2T2, and the positional information of the two images on the straight lines P2S2 and P1T1 (P6(x6, y6), P7(x7, y7), P3( X3, y3) ) This group includes virtual touch objects P6 and P7 and actual touch The first touch object position information group of the position information of the object P3, based on the position information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2T2, the position information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P3T3, and the line P3S3 and The position information of the two images on the straight line P1T1 can be obtained (P6(x6, y6), P4(x4, y4), P8(x8, y8)). This group includes the position information of the virtual touch objects P6, P4, and P8. a touch object position information group, based on position information of two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P3T3, position information of two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P1T1, and two images on the straight line P3S3 and the straight line P2T2 The position information can be obtained (P9(x9, y9), P7(x7, y7), P5(x5, y5)), the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch objects P9, P7 and P5, According to the line P1S1 and the line P3T3 The positional information of the two images, the positional information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P2T2, and the positional information of the two images on the straight lines P3S3 and P1T1 can be obtained (P9(x9, y9), P2(x2) , y2), P8(x8, y8)) the set of position information including the virtual touch objects P9 and P8 and the first touch object position information of the actual touch object P2, since P4, P6 and P9 are located outside the touch detection area, , remove (Pl(xl,yl), P4(x4,y4), P5(x5, y5) ), ( P6(x6, y6), P7(x7,y7), P3(x3, y3) ) , ( P6(x6, y6), P4(x4, y4), P8(x8, y8) ), ( P9(x9, y9), P7(x7, y,,, P5(x5, y5) ) and ( P9(x9 , y9), P2(x2, y2), P8(x8, y8)) The five first touch object position information sets, get (Pl(xl, yl), P2(x2, y2), P3(x3, y3) )) The first actual touch object position information group including the position information of the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3. It should be noted that FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 are for illustration only, and may have four or more. Touch the object.
在本实施例中, 处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 然后处理单元从数个第一触摸 物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的 第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除 在定位两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位 触摸定位方法第二实施例  In this embodiment, the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, and then the processing unit is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups. The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area, the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, thereby removing the "ghost point" that occurs during the process of locating two or more touch objects A second embodiment of a touch positioning method for precisely positioning a touch object
在上一实施例的^ 5*上, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像 设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意 两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小 于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像 设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的 宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设 备的光心不在一条直线上。  In the above-mentioned embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two in the touch detection area The distance between the actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices The distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
与上一实施例的不同之处在于, 本实施例中, 成像设备组还可以包括 第二成像设备组, 第二成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸检测区内 的每个位置都位于第二成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之 内, 任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的 距离不小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不 同的成像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别 的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任 一成像设备的光心不在一条直线上。 The difference from the previous embodiment is that, in this embodiment, the imaging device group may further include a second imaging device group, and the second imaging device group includes at least two imaging devices, each location in the touch detection region is located. Field of view of two imaging devices of different positions in the second imaging device group The distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the two positions are different. The distance between the optical centers of the imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two locations, and the light of any of the two actual imaging devices and the imaging devices of the two different positions The heart is not in a straight line.
在本实施例中, 当采用两个^巨离成像设备定位触摸物时, 两个成像 设备的间距越小, 定位误差越大。 如图 6所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法第 二实施例中两个^巨离成像设备的定位误差分析示意图, 01、 02和 O分 别为三个成像设备, 其中, 成像设备 Ol距离成像设备 O较远, 成像设备 02 if巨离成 4象设备 O较近, P为实际触摸物, 实际触摸物 P经成 4象设备 O 的理想成像点位于直线 PM1上, 实际触摸物 P经成 4象设备 O后的实际成 像点位于直线 PM2上,实际触摸物 P经成像设备 Ol后的实际成像点位于 直线 PQ1上,实际触摸物 P经成像设备 02后的实际成像点位于直线 PQ2 上, 从图中可以看出, 根据位于直线 PM2和直线 PQ1上的两个实际成像 点的位置信息确定的触摸物的位置信息相对于实际触摸物 P的误差大于根 据位于直线 PM2和直线 PQ2上的两个实际成像点的位置信息确定的触摸 物的位置信息相对于实际触摸物 P的误差, 因此, 两个成像设备之间的距 离越近, 定位触摸物时的误差越大。  In the present embodiment, when two touch imaging devices are used to position the touch object, the smaller the pitch of the two imaging devices, the larger the positioning error. As shown in FIG. 6 , it is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two macro imaging devices in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method according to the present invention, wherein 01, 02 and O are respectively three imaging devices, wherein the imaging device Ol is away from the imaging device. O is far away, the imaging device 02 is too close to the 4 image device O, P is the actual touch object, the actual image of the touch object P through the 4 image device O is located on the line PM1, the actual touch object P is 4 The actual imaging point after the device O is located on the line PM2. The actual imaging point of the actual touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the straight line PQ1, and the actual imaging point of the actual touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ2. As can be seen, the position information of the touch object determined from the position information of the two actual image points located on the straight line PM2 and the straight line PQ1 is larger than the error based on the actual touch object P, which is larger than two according to the straight line PM2 and the straight line PQ2. The position information of the actual imaging point determines the error of the position information of the touch object with respect to the actual touch object P, and therefore, the closer the distance between the two imaging devices is, The larger the bit error touch object.
如图 7所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例的流程示意图, 为了 更加精确地定位触摸物所在位置,与图 3所示流程示意图的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 还可以包括如下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 7 , it is a schematic flowchart of the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention. In order to more accurately locate the location of the touch object, the difference from the flow diagram shown in FIG. 3 is that, in this embodiment, It can include the following steps:
步骤 61、 处理单元获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组;  Step 61: The processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information groups.
具体地,处理单元根据第二成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 其中, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际 触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。 其中, 处理单元如何根据 两个成像设备采集的图像数据获取第二触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。 在本步骤中, 当处理单元根据第二成像设备组中的成像设 备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组时, 任意两个实际触 摸物在采集图像数据的任意两个成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离大于任意 两个成像设备的光心之间的距离, 采集图像数据的任意两个成像设备的光 心之间的距离大于任意两个成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实 际触摸物和采集图像数据的任一成像设备的光心不在一条直线上。 Specifically, the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group, wherein the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or The location information of the virtual touch object. The processing unit obtains the second touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again. In this step, when the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group, any two actual touches The distance between the object in the direction of the optical fiber connection of any two imaging devices that collect image data is greater than the distance between the optical centers of any two imaging devices, and between the optical centers of any two imaging devices that acquire image data. The distance is greater than the width of the pixels that any two imaging devices can recognize, and the optical centers of any two actual touch objects and any imaging device that collects image data are not in a straight line.
步骤 62、 处理单元得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  Step 62: The processing unit obtains a second actual touch object location information group.
具体地, 处理单元从数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触 摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二 实际触摸物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位 置信息。  Specifically, the processing unit removes the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the second actual touch object position information group, The second actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
需要说明的是, 步骤 61和 62与步骤 31和 32没有严格的时序关系。 在步骤 62和步骤 32之后还可以包括如下步骤:  It should be noted that steps 61 and 62 have no strict timing relationship with steps 31 and 32. After step 62 and step 32, the following steps may also be included:
步骤 63、 处理单元获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组;  Step 63: The processing unit acquires a plurality of third touch object location information groups.
具体地, 处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备中的第一成像设 备采集的图像数据和第二成像设备组中的成像设备中的第二成像设备采集 的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组, 第三触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。 其中, 处理单元如 何根据两个成像设备采集的图像数据获取第三触摸物位置信息组, 具体参 见图 1, 在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the processing unit acquires several pieces according to the image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group and the image data collected by the second imaging device in the imaging device in the second imaging device group. The third touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object. The processing unit obtains the third touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 64、 处理单元得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组;  Step 64: The processing unit obtains a third actual touch object location information group.
具体地, 处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位 置信息组和 /或第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配,得到第三实际触摸物位置 信息组, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Specifically, the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, and the third actual The touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 处理单元首先分别利用一组 巨离成像设备大致确定 实际触摸物的位置信息, 然后利用一组 巨离成 4象设备得到实际触摸物的 位置信息和 "鬼点" , 由于 "鬼点" 距离 ilii巨离成像设备确定的位置信息 较远, 而实际触摸物距离^巨离成像设备确定的位置信息较近, 利用这个 性质, 通过将各个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和 第二实际触摸物位置信息组相匹配, 可以更加精确地定位触摸物的位置信 息。 In this embodiment, the processing unit firstly determines the position information of the actual touch object by using a group of macro imaging devices, and then obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a group of giant image forming devices, because "Ghost point" is far from the position information determined by the iLi giant imaging device, and the actual touch object distance is closer to the position information determined by the imaging device. By using this property, each third touch object position information group is An actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched, so that the position information of the touch object can be more accurately located. Interest.
为了尽可能地把所有触摸物都检测出来, 在本实施例中, 第一成像设 备可以为第一成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测触摸物最多的成像 设备; 第二成像设备可以为第二成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测 触摸物最多的成 4象设备。  In order to detect all the touch objects as much as possible, in the embodiment, the first imaging device may be an imaging device that detects the most touch objects among the at least two imaging devices in the first imaging device group; the second imaging device may A four-image device that detects the most touches among at least two of the second imaging device groups.
在本实施例中, 当采用两个远距离成像设备定位触摸物时, 两个远距 离成像设备距离触摸物越近, 定位误差越大。 如图 8所示, 为本发明触摸 定位方法第二实施例中两个远距离成像设备的定位误差分析示意图, Ol 和 02为两个 巨离成像设备, P为触摸物。 当触摸物 P距离成像设备 Ol 和 02的连线较远时, 触摸物 P经成像设备 Ol后的理想成像点位于直线 PQ1上, 触摸物 P经成像设备 Ol后的实际成像点位于直线 01Q2上, 位 于直线 PQ1和直线 01Q2上的两个成像点之间的距离相差一个像素,触摸 物 P经成像设备 02后的实际成像点位于直线 PQ3上; 当触摸物 P距离成 像设备 Ol和 02的连线较近时,触摸物 P经成像设备 Ol后的理想成像点 位于直线 PQ4上,触摸物 P经成 4象设备 Ol后的实际成像点位于直线 01Q5 上,位于直线 PQ4和直线 01Q5上的两个成像点之间的距离相差一个像素, 触摸物 P经成像设备 02后的实际成像点位于直线 PQ6上,从图中可以看 出,采用位于直线 01Q2和直线 PQ6上的实际成像点的位置信息确定的触 摸物的位置信息 P1相对于触摸物 P的误差大于采用位于直线 01Q5和直 线 PQ3上的这两个实际成像点确定的触摸物的位置信息 P2相对于触摸物 P 的误差, 因此, 触摸物距离成像设备的连线越近, 定位误差越大。 在本 实施例中, 为了更精确地定位, 在采用两个远距离成像设备精确定位触摸 物位置时,第一成像设备和第二成像设备距离触摸系统的触摸检测区最远。  In this embodiment, when two remote imaging devices are used to position the touch object, the closer the two distant imaging devices are to the touch object, the larger the positioning error is. As shown in FIG. 8, it is a schematic diagram of positioning error analysis of two remote imaging devices in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, wherein Ol and 02 are two macro imaging devices, and P is a touch object. When the touch object P is far away from the connection between the imaging devices Ol and 02, the ideal imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the straight line PQ1, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the line 01Q2. The distance between the two imaging points on the straight line PQ1 and the straight line 01Q2 is one pixel apart, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ3; when the touch object P is connected to the imaging devices Ol and 02 When the line is close, the ideal imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device Ol is located on the straight line PQ4, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after being formed into the 4 image device Ol is located on the straight line 01Q5, and the two on the straight line PQ4 and the straight line 01Q5 The distance between the imaging points differs by one pixel, and the actual imaging point of the touch object P after passing through the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line PQ6. As can be seen from the figure, the position information of the actual imaging point on the straight line 01Q2 and the straight line PQ6 is used. The determined position information P1 of the touch object has an error with respect to the touch object P that is larger than the touch object determined by using the two actual image points located on the straight line 01Q5 and the straight line PQ3. P2 with respect to the error position information P of the touch object, and therefore, the connection of the touch object from the image forming apparatus of the closer, the larger the positioning error. In the present embodiment, for more precise positioning, the first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system when the two remote imaging devices are used to accurately position the touch object.
在步骤 64中,优选地,处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一 实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际 触摸物位置信息组。 具体地, 处理单元分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息 组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将差的平方和最小 的第三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第 三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与 获取第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的 一个图像数据和获取第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据 的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。 如图 9所示, 为本发明触摸定位方法 第二实施例中处理器匹配位置信息的一个实例的工作原理示意图, 第一成 像设备组包括两个成像设备 Ol和 02,第二成像设备组包括两个成像设备 03和 04, P1和 P2为两个实际触摸物, 实际触摸物 P1和 P2经成像设备 Ol后所成的 4象位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P2Q2上,实际触摸物 P1和 P2经成 像设备 02所成的像位于直线 P1Q3和直线 P2Q4上,处理单元根据位于直 线 P1Q1和直线 P1Q3上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P2Q2和直 线 P2Q4的两个像的位置信息得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组 ((xll, yll), (xl2, yl2)), 实际触摸物 PI和 P2经成像设备 03所成的 4象位于直线 P1S1 和直线 P2S2上, 实际触摸物 P1和 P2经成像设备 04所成的像位于直线 P1S3和直线 P2S4上,处理单元根据位于直线 P1S1和直线 P1S3上的两个 像的位置信息、以及位于直线 P2S2和直线 P2S4上的两个像的位置信息可 以得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组 ((x21,y21), (x22, y22)), 处理单元根据位 于直线 P1Q1和直线 P1S1上的两个像的位置信息、以及位于直线 P2Q2和 直线 P2S2 上的两个像的位置信息可以得到两个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x31, y31), (x32, y32))和 ((x41, y41), (x42, y42)), 其中, 由于获得位置信息 (x31, y31)所依据的位于直线 P1Q1上的像所在图像数据与获得第一实际位 置信息组中的位置信息 (xll, yll)所依据的位于直线 P1Q1上的像所在图像 数据相同, 获得位置信息 (x31, y31)所依据的位于直线 P1S1上的像所在图 像数据与获得第二实际位置信息组中的位置信息 (x21,y21)所依据的位于直 线 P1S1上的像所在图像数据相同, 因此位置信息 (x31, y31)与第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (xll, yll)和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中 的位置信息 (x21,y21)相对应, 依此类推, 位置信息 (x32,y32)与第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (xl2, yl2)和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中 的 (x22, y22)相对应,位置信息 (x41, y41)与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的 (xll, yll)和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x22, y22)相对应,位 置信息 (x42, y42)与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (xl2, yl2)和 第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x21,y21)相对应, 则第三触摸物 位置信息组( (x31, y31), (x32, y32))中的每个位置信息与第一实际触摸物位 置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信 息的差的平方和为: In step 64, preferably, the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group. Specifically, the processing unit respectively acquires a difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group. Sum of squares, the sum of squares of differences a third touch object position information group as a third actual touch object position information group; wherein, acquiring one image data in the image data according to the position information in the third touch object position information group and acquiring the first actual touch object position One of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the information group is based is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is acquired. As shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic diagram of an operation example of an example of processor matching location information in a second embodiment of the touch positioning method according to the present invention. The first imaging device group includes two imaging devices Ol and 02, and the second imaging device group includes Two imaging devices 03 and 04, P1 and P2 are two actual touch objects, and the actual images of the touch objects P1 and P2 through the imaging device Ol are located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P2Q2, and the actual touch objects P1 and P2 are imaged. The image formed by the device 02 is located on the straight line P1Q3 and the straight line P2Q4, and the processing unit obtains the first actual position based on the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1Q3, and the position information of the two images located on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2Q4. The touch object position information group ((xll, yll), (xl2, yl2)), the actual touch objects PI and P2 are formed by the imaging device 03 on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P2S2, and the actual touch objects P1 and P2 are imaged. The image formed by the device 04 is located on the straight line P1S3 and the straight line P2S4, and the processing unit can be based on the position information of the two images on the straight line P1S1 and the straight line P1S3, and the position information of the two images on the straight line P2S2 and the straight line P2S4. Obtaining a second actual touch object position information group ((x21, y21), (x22, y22)), the processing unit is based on position information of two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S1, and on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S2 The position information of the two images can obtain two third touch object position information groups ((x31, y31), (x32, y32)) and ((x41, y41), (x42, y42)), wherein, due to the obtained position The image data of the image on the line P1Q1 on which the information (x31, y31) is based is the same as the image data of the image on the line P1Q1 on which the position information (x11, yll) in the first actual position information group is obtained, The image data of the image on the line P1S1 on which the position information (x31, y31) is based is the same as the image data of the image on the line P1S1 on which the position information (x21, y21) in the second actual position information group is obtained, Therefore, the position information (x31, y31) corresponds to the position information (x11, yll) in the first actual touch object position information group and the position information (x21, y21) in the second actual touch object position information group, and so on. , location information (x32, y32) and first Position information (xl2, yl2) inter-touch position information and the second set of actual touch object location information group Corresponding to (x22, y22), the position information (x41, y41) and the position information (x22, y22) in the first actual touch object position information group (x11, yll) and the second actual touch object position information group (x22, y22) Correspondingly, the position information (x42, y42) corresponds to the position information (xl2, yl2) in the first actual touch object position information group and the position information (x21, y21) in the second actual touch object position information group, Each of the third touch object position information group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32)) and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding position information is:
(x31-xll)2 + (y31-yll)2 +(x32-xl2)2 + (y32-yl2)2 + (x31-xll) 2 + (y31-yll) 2 +(x32-xl2) 2 + (y32-yl2) 2 +
(x31-x21)2 + (y31-y21)2 +(x32-x22)2 + (y32-y22)2 (x31-x21) 2 + (y31-y21) 2 +(x32-x22) 2 + (y32-y22) 2
第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x41, y41), (x42, y42))中的每个位置信息与 第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信息 组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和为:  Each of the third touch object position information group ((x41, y41), (x42, y42)) and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding position information is:
(x41-xll)2 + (y41-yll)2 +(x42-xl2)2 + (y42-yl2)2 + (x41-xll) 2 + (y41-yll) 2 +(x42-xl2) 2 + (y42-yl2) 2 +
(x41-x22)2 + (y41-y22)2 +(x42-x21)2 + (y42-y21)2 (x41-x22) 2 + (y41-y22) 2 +(x42-x21) 2 + (y42-y21) 2
比较上述两个差的平方和, 差的平方和较小的第三触摸物位置信息组 为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。  Comparing the sum of squares of the above two differences, the third touch object position information group having a smaller square sum of differences is the third actual touch object position information group.
下面介绍一种特殊的情况, 两个实际触摸物和两个成像设备中的一个 成像设备在一条直线上: 如图 10所示,为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例 中处理器匹配位置信息的另一个实例的工作原理示意图, 其中, 第一成像 设备组包括两个成像设备 Ol 和 02, 第二成像设备组包括两个成像设备 03和 04, Pl、 P2和 P3为三个实际触摸物, 从成^ ί象设备 Ol看去, 实际 触摸物 P1和 Ρ3在一条直线上, 从成像设备 02看去, 实际触摸物 Ρ2和 Ρ3在一条直线上,实际触摸物 Ρ3和 Ρ2经成像设备 Ol后所成的像位于直 线 P3Q1和直线 P2Q2上, 实际触摸物 P1和 Ρ3经成像设备 02后所成的 像位于直线 P1Q3和直线 P3Q4上, 处理单元相*据位于直线 P3Q1和直线 P1Q3上的两个成像点、以及位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P3Q4上的两个成像点 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组 ((xll, yll), (xl2, yl2))。 实际触摸物 Pl、 P2和 P3经成像设备 03后所成的像分别位于直线 P1S2、 直线 P2S1和直 线 P3S3上, 实际触摸物 PI、 P2和 P3经成像设备 04后所成的像分别位 于直线 P1S5、直线 P2S4和直线 P3S6上, 处理单元相*据位于直线 P1S2和 直线 P1S5上的两个像的位置信息、 位于直线 P2S1和直线 P2S4上的两个 像的位置信息、以及位于直线 P3S3和直线 P3S6上的两个像的位置信息得 到第二实际触摸物位置信息组((X21,y21),(x22,y22),(x23,y23) ), 处理单 元相 *据位于直线 P3Q1和直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、位于直线 P2Q2 和直线 P1S2上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P3S3上 的两个像的位置信息得到一个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x31, y31), (x32, y32), (x33, y33)),根据位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P1S2上的两个像的位置信息、 位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P2Q2 和直线 P3S3上的两个像的位置信息可以得到一个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x41, y41), (x42, y42), (x43,y43)),根据位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P3S3上的两 个像的位置信息、位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、以 及位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P1S2上的两个像的位置信息可以得到一个第三触 摸物位置信息组 ((x51, y51), (x52, y52), (x53,y53)), 才据位于直线 P1Q1和 直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P1S2上的两个 像的位置信息、以及位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P3S3上的两个像的位置信息可 以到一个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x61, y61), (x62, y62), (x63,y63)), 根据位 于直线 P1Q1和直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、位于直线 P2Q2和直线 P1S2上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P3S3上的两个 像的位置信息可以得到一个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x71, y71), (x72, y72), (x73,y73)), 根据位于直线 P1Q1和直线 P1S2上的两个像的位置信息、 位 于直线 P2Q2和直线 P2S1上的两个像的位置信息、 以及位于直线 P1Q1 和直线 P3S3上的两个像的位置信息得到一个第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x81, y81), (x82, y82), (x83,y83))e以第三触摸物位置信息组 ((x31, y31), (x32, y32) (x33, y33))为例, 第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x31, y31)与第一实 际触摸物位置信息中的位置信息 (xll, yll)和第二实际触摸物位置信息组 中的位置信息 (x21,y21)对应, 第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x32, y32)与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (xl2, yl2)和第二实际触摸 物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x22, y22)对应, 第三触摸物位置信息组中的位 置信息 (x33, y33)与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (xl2, yl2)和 第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 (x23, y23)对应, 则第三触摸物位 置信息组 ((x31, y31), (x32, y32), (x33, y33))中的每个位置信息与第一实际 触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相 应位置信息的差的平方和为: A special case is described below, in which two actual touch objects and one of the two imaging devices are in a straight line: as shown in FIG. 10, the processor matches the position information in the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention. A schematic diagram of the operation of another example, wherein the first imaging device group includes two imaging devices Ol and 02, the second imaging device group includes two imaging devices 03 and 04, and Pl, P2, and P3 are three actual touch objects. As seen from the image device Ol, the actual touch objects P1 and Ρ3 are in a straight line, as seen from the imaging device 02, the actual touch objects Ρ2 and Ρ3 are in a straight line, and the actual touch objects Ρ3 and Ρ2 are passed through the imaging device Ol. The formed image is located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P2Q2, and the image formed by the actual touch objects P1 and Ρ3 via the imaging device 02 is located on the straight line P1Q3 and the straight line P3Q4, and the processing unit phase is located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P1Q3. The imaging points, and the two imaging points on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3Q4, obtain the first actual touch object position information set ((x11, yll), (xl2, yl2)). The images formed by the actual touch objects P1, P2, and P3 after passing through the imaging device 03 are respectively located on the straight line P1S2, the straight line P2S1, and the straight On line P3S3, the images formed by the actual touch objects PI, P2, and P3 after passing through the imaging device 04 are respectively located on the straight line P1S5, the straight line P2S4, and the straight line P3S6, and the processing unit phase is located on the two images on the straight line P1S2 and the straight line P1S5. The position information, the positional information of the two images on the straight line P2S1 and the straight line P2S4, and the positional information of the two images on the straight line P3S3 and the straight line P3S6 obtain the second actual touch object position information group (( X 21, y21), (x22, y22), (x23, y23)), the processing unit phase * position information of two images located on the straight line P3Q1 and the straight line P2S1, position information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P1S2, and located The position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3S3 obtains a third touch object position information group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32), (x33, y33)), according to the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S2. The position information of the two images, the position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S1, and the position information of the two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3S3 can obtain a third touch object position information group (( X41, y41), (x42, y42), (x43, y43)), based on position information of two images on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P3S3, positional information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S1, and two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P1S2 The position information can obtain a third touch object position information group ((x51, y51), (x52, y52), (x53, y53)), according to the position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P2S1, The position information of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S2, and the positional information of the two images located on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P3S3 may be to a third touch object position information group ((x61, y61), (x62, Y62), (x63, y63)), based on position information of two images on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P2S1, positional information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P1S2, and on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P3S3 The position information of the two images can obtain a third touch object position information group ((x71, y71), (x72, y72), (x73, y73)), according to the positions of the two images located on the straight line P1Q1 and the straight line P1S2. Information, position information of two images on the straight line P2Q2 and the straight line P2S1, Two image position information is located on a straight line and the straight line P3S3 P1Q1 obtain a third set of touch position information ((x81, y81), ( x82, y82), (x83, y83)) e touch object location information to a third The group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32) (x33, y33)) as an example, the position information (x31, y31) in the third touch object position information group and the position information in the first actual touch object position information (x11, yll) corresponding to the position information (x21, y21) in the second actual touch object position information group, and the position information in the third touch object position information group (x32, Y32) corresponding to the position information (xl2, yl2) in the first actual touch object position information group and the position information (x22, y22) in the second actual touch object position information group, the position in the third touch object position information group The information (x33, y33) corresponds to the position information (xl2, yl2) in the first actual touch object position information group and the position information (x23, y23) in the second actual touch object position information group, and the third touch object position Each position information in the information group ((x31, y31), (x32, y32), (x33, y33)) and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group The sum of the squares of the differences in the corresponding position information is:
(x31-xll) 2 + (y31-yll) 2+(x31-x21) 2+(y31-y21) 2+(x32-xl2) 2+(y32-yl2) 2+(x32-xl2) 2+(y32-yl2) 2+(x33-xl2) 2+(y33-yl2) 2+(x33-x23) 2+(y33-y23) 2 依此类推, 计算出其余第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的 相应位置信息的差的平方和, 差的平方和最小的第三触摸物位置信息组为 第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 (x31-xll) 2 + (y31-yll) 2 +(x31-x21) 2 +(y31-y21) 2 +(x32-xl2) 2 +(y32-yl2) 2 +(x32-xl2) 2 +( Y32-yl2) 2 +(x33-xl2) 2 +(y33-yl2) 2 +(x33-x23) 2 +(y33-y23) 2 and so on, calculate the position in the remaining third touch object position information group The sum of the squares of the difference between the information and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group, and the third touch object position information group having the smallest square sum of differences is the first Three actual touch object location information groups.
当处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息 组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配时,除了可以采用图 9和图 10所示两 种方法外, 处理单元还可以获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息 与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信 息组中的相应位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 将差的绝对值的和最小的第三 触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。  When the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group, the processing may be performed in addition to the two methods shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. The unit may further acquire an absolute value of a difference between the position information in each third touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group. And a third touch object position information group that is the sum of the absolute values of the differences is used as the third actual touch object position information group.
另外, 在本实施例中, 步骤 31之后还可以包括如下步骤:  In addition, in this embodiment, after step 31, the following steps may be further included:
步骤 65、 处理单元获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。  Step 65: The processing unit acquires size information of the actual touch object.
具体地,处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。 触摸物的尺寸不同, 其在图像数据上形成的 暗点区域的宽度也不同, 因此, 可以利用这个特性估算出触摸物的尺寸, 如图 11所示,为本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例中计算触摸物尺寸的原理 示意图, P为触摸物, Ol为两个成像设备中的一个成像设备, 触摸物 P经 成像设备 Ol 所成的像位于直线 ΟΙΡ'和直线 OIP"之间, P,P"的中心为 P0, 根据成像设备 Ol采集的图 ^1据, 可以计算出 OIP,和 OIP"之间的 夹角为^ 触摸物 P的中心点的坐标为 (x, y) , 则触摸物 Ρ的大致半径 r,为: =」x2 + y2 x sm' (0 / 2) Specifically, the processing unit acquires the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group. The size of the touch object is different, and the width of the dark spot area formed on the image data is also different. Therefore, the size of the touch object can be estimated by using this feature. As shown in FIG. 11, the touch positioning method of the present invention is the second embodiment. The schematic diagram of calculating the size of the touch object, P is the touch object, Ol is one of the two imaging devices, and the image formed by the touch object P via the imaging device Ol is located between the line ΟΙΡ' and the line OIP, P, The center of P" is P0. According to the data collected by the imaging device Ol, it can be calculated between OIP and OIP. The angle of the touch point P is (x, y), and the approximate radius r of the touch object is: ="x 2 + y 2 x sm' (0 / 2)
同理, 两个成像设备中的另外一个成像设备得到的触摸物 P的大致半 径^也可以计算出来, 则触摸物 P的大致半径 r为:  Similarly, the approximate radius of the touch object P obtained by another imaging device of the two imaging devices can also be calculated, and the approximate radius r of the touch object P is:
r = (r] + r2 ) /(r x r2 ) r = (r ] + r 2 ) /(rxr 2 )
在实施例中, 处理单元首先根据两个^巨离成像设备采集的图像数据 分别得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后 根据两个 ^巨离成像设备得到第三触摸物位置信息组, 再将第三触摸物位 置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组相匹 配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸 物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro imaging devices, and then obtains according to the two macro imaging devices. The third touch object position information group further matches the third touch object position information group with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby realizing Remove the "ghost point" that appears during the process of locating more than two touch objects to pinpoint the location of the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以根据两个 巨离成像设备确定 触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in this embodiment, the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the two macro imaging devices.
触摸定位方法第三实施例  Touch positioning method third embodiment
与触摸定位方法第一实施例的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 当触摸 检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备 的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的 成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心 之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位 置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个 位置不同的成係殳备中的任一成像设备的光心不在一条直线上。  The difference from the first embodiment of the touch positioning method is that, in the embodiment, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group. When the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different position imaging devices, the two The distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and any two of the actual touch objects and the two devices with different positions are different The optical center of an imaging device is not in a straight line.
与触摸定位方法第一实施例的不同之处在于, 触摸系统还可以包括至 少一个成像设备, 至少一个成像设备包括第三成像设备, 触摸检测区内的 每个位置都位于第三成像设备的视场之内。  The difference from the first embodiment of the touch positioning method is that the touch system may further include at least one imaging device, and the at least one imaging device includes a third imaging device, and each position in the touch detection region is located in the third imaging device. Within the field.
如图 12所示, 为发明触摸定位方法第三实施例的流程示意图, 与图 3 所示流程示意图的不同之处在于, 步骤 32之后还可以包括如下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 12, the flow chart of the third embodiment of the method for inventing a touch is different from the flow chart shown in FIG. 3, and the step 32 may further include the following steps:
步骤 71、 处理单元获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组;  Step 71: The processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information groups.
19 替换页 (细则第 26条) 具体地, 处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备和第三成像设备 采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息 组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 19 Replacement page (Article 26) Specifically, the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object. And/or location information of the virtual touch object;
步骤 72、 处理单元获取第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  Step 72: The processing unit acquires a second actual touch object location information group.
具体地, 处理单元将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位 置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信 息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 当处理单元将数个第二触摸物位置信息 组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配时, 处理单元分别获取每个第二触摸 物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信 息的差的平方和, 将差的平方和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实 际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所 依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与获取第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的 相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。 可选地, 当处理 单元将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配时, 处理单元还可以分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一 实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 将差的绝对 值的和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组。  Specifically, the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes the actual touch object position. information. When the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit respectively acquires the position information and the first actual touch object position information in each second touch object position information group. a sum of squares of differences of corresponding position information in the group, a second touch object position information group having a smallest sum of squares of differences as a second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position information in the second touch object position information group is acquired One of the image data on which the image data is based is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group is acquired. Optionally, when the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit may further acquire the position information and the second information in each second touch object position information group. The sum of the absolute values of the differences of the respective position information in the actual touch object position information group, and the second touch object position information group in which the sum of the absolute values of the differences is the second actual touch object position information group.
另外, 在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。 具体地, 处理单元根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获 取实际触摸物的尺寸信息, 参见图 11, 在此不再赘述。  In addition, in this embodiment, the processing unit may further acquire size information of the actual touch object. Specifically, the processing unit obtains the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group. Referring to FIG. 11, details are not described herein again.
在实施例中, 处理单元首先根据一组 巨离成像设备采集的图像数据 分别得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后根据两个远距离成像设备得到 第二触摸物位置信息组, 再将第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位 置信息组相匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位 两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the group of macro imaging devices, and then obtains the second touch object position information group according to the two remote imaging devices, and then The two touch object position information groups are matched with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning The location where the object is touched.
另外, 在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以根据两个^巨离成像设备采集 的图像数据确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in this embodiment, the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object based on the image data acquired by the two macro imaging devices.
触摸定位方法第四实施例 本实施例应用于包括至少一个多镜头成像设备和触摸检测区的触摸系 统, 多镜头成像设备包括第一多镜头成像设备, 第一多镜头成像设备包括 至少两个镜头和一个光学传感器, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多 镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内。 优选地, 第一多镜头 成像设备中的每个镜头的视场从不同方向覆盖整个触摸检测区; 可选地, 第一多镜头成像设备中包括三个镜头, 其中一个镜头的视场覆盖整个触摸 检测区, 另外两个镜头的视场分别覆盖部分触摸检测区, 该另外两个镜头 的视场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区,此时,该另外两个镜头相当于一个镜头。 在第一多镜头成像设备中, 镜头采集触摸检测区的图像数据并将图像数据 成像在光学传感器上,具体地,不同的镜头成像在光学传感器的不同区域。 Touch positioning method fourth embodiment The present embodiment is applied to a touch system including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus including a first multi-lens imaging apparatus including at least one multi-lens imaging apparatus and a touch detection area, the first multi-lens imaging apparatus including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, and touch detection Each location within the zone is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device. Preferably, the field of view of each lens in the first multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens. In the first multi-lens imaging apparatus, the lens acquires image data of the touch detection area and images the image data on the optical sensor, specifically, different lenses are imaged in different areas of the optical sensor.
参见图 3所示流程示意图,在步骤 31中,处理单元根据第一多镜头成 像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一 触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信 息。  Referring to the flowchart shown in FIG. 3, in step 31, the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual Location information of the touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
在步骤 32中,处理单元从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位 于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到 第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物 的位置信息。  In step 32, the processing unit removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information. The first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 假设第一多镜头成像设备中的两个镜头检测到的触摸 物的个数分别为 m和! 1, 其中, m和 n为大于或等于 2的自然数, 则实际 触摸物个数为 max(m,n), 得到的第一触摸物位置信息组的个数为 max(m, n) ! , 去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸 物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组。  In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the number of touched objects detected by the two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device is m and ! 1, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n), and the obtained number of first touch object position information groups is max(m, n) ! The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained.
本实施例的具体工作原理示意图可以参见图 4和图 5, 图 4和图 5中 的成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赘述。  For the specific working principle of the embodiment, reference may be made to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, and the imaging device in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本实施例中, 处理单元根据至少一个多镜头成像设备中的第一多镜 头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸 物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组,得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位 触摸物所在位置。 In this embodiment, the processing unit acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device, from the plurality of first touch object positions. The virtual group including the virtual touch outside the touch detection area is removed from the information group The first touch object position information group of the position information of the object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
触摸定位方法第五实施例  Touch positioning method fifth embodiment
在上一实施例的^ 5*上, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多镜 头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意 两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于该 两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之 间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实 际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。  In the above-mentioned embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, any two in the touch detection area The distance between the actual touch object and the optical fiber connection direction of the lens at the two positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions of the lens, and the two positions are different between the optical centers of the lenses The distance is greater than the width of the pixel that can be recognized by the lens with different positions, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
与上一实施例的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 多镜头成像设备还可 以包括第二多镜头成像设备, 第二多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一 个光学传感器, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第二多镜头成像设备中的 两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在 该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同 的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的 距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实 际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设备的光心不在一条 直线上。 优选地, 第二多镜头成像设备中的每个镜头的视场从不同方向覆 盖整个触摸检测区; 可选地, 第二多镜头成像设备中包括三个镜头, 其中 一个镜头的视场覆盖整个触摸检测区, 另外两个镜头的视场分别覆盖部分 触摸检测区, 该另外两个镜头的视场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区, 此时, 该 另外两个镜头相当于一个镜头。  The difference from the previous embodiment is that, in this embodiment, the multi-lens imaging device may further include a second multi-lens imaging device, the second multi-lens imaging device includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor, and the touch detection area Each position in the second multi-lens imaging device is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the second multi-lens imaging device, and any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are different in the two positions. The distance between the optical fiber connection directions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices is greater than the imaging devices of the two different positions. The width of the identifiable pixel is not in line with the optical center of any of the two actual imaging objects and the imaging devices of the two different positions. Preferably, the field of view of each lens in the second multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the second multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens.
在本实施例中, 当采用一个多镜头成像设备中的镜头定位触摸物时, 镜头的间距越小, 定位误差越大, 具体参见图 6所示示意图, 图 6中的成 像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赘述。  In this embodiment, when the lens is used to position the touch object in a multi-lens imaging device, the smaller the pitch of the lens is, the larger the positioning error is. Referring to the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 6, the imaging device in FIG. 6 is equivalent to the implementation. The lens in the example will not be described here.
本实施例的流程示意图参见图 7, 其中, 在步骤 61中, 处理单元根据 第二多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置 信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸 物的位置信息。 Referring to FIG. 7 , the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object positions according to the image data collected by the lens in the second multi-lens imaging device. The information group, the second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
在步骤 62中,处理单元从数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位 于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组, 得到 第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物 的位置信息。  In step 62, the processing unit removes the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the second actual touch object position information. The second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在步骤 63中,处理单元根据第一多镜头成像设备中的第一镜头采集的 图像数据和第二多镜头成像设备中的第二镜头采集的图係教据, 获取数个 第三触摸物位置信息组, 第三触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信 息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。  In step 63, the processing unit acquires a plurality of third touch object positions according to the image data acquired by the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the frame teaching data collected by the second lens in the second multi-lens imaging device. The information group, the third touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
在步骤 64中,处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸 物位置信息组和 /或第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配,得到第三实际触摸物 位置信息组, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  In step 64, the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, The three actual touch object position information groups include position information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 处理单元首先分别利用一组^巨离镜头大致确定实际 触摸物的位置信息, 然后利用一组远距离镜头得到实际触摸物的位置信息 和 "鬼点" , 由于 "鬼点" 距离 巨离镜头确定的位置信息较远, 而实际 触摸物距离 ilii巨离镜头确定的位置信息较近, 利用这个性质, 通过将各个 第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位 置信息组相匹配, 可以更加精确地定位触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the processing unit firstly determines the position information of the actual touch object by using a set of macro lenses, and then obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a set of remote lens, because "the ghost point" "The distance information determined by the macro lens is far away, and the actual touch object distance is closer to the position information determined by the lens. By using this property, each third touch object position information group and the first actual touch object position information are used. The group matches the second actual touch object position information group, and the position of the touch object can be positioned more accurately.
为了尽可能地把所有触摸物都检测出来, 在本实施例中, 第一镜头为 第一多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头; 第二镜 头为第二多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头。  In order to detect all the touch objects as much as possible, in the embodiment, the first lens is the lens that detects the most touched objects in at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; the second lens is the second multi-lens The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the imaging devices.
在本实施例中, 当采用两个远距离镜头定位触摸物时, 两个 巨离镜 头距离触摸物越近, 定位误差越大, 具体参见图 8所示示意图, 图 8中的 成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赘述。 在本实施例中, 为了 更精确地定位, 在采用两个远距离镜头精确定位触摸物位置时, 第一镜头 和第二镜头距离触摸系统的触摸检测区最远。  In this embodiment, when two remote lenses are used to position the touch object, the closer the two macro lenses are to the touch object, the larger the positioning error is. Referring to the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 8, the imaging device in FIG. 8 is equivalent. The lens in this embodiment is not described here. In the present embodiment, for more precise positioning, the first lens and the second lens are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system when the position of the touch object is accurately positioned using two remote lenses.
在步骤 64中,优选地,处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一 实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际 触摸物位置信息组。 具体地, 处理单元分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息 组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将差的平方和最小 的第三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第 三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与 获取第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的 一个图像数据和获取第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据 的图像数据中的一个图係教据相同, 具体参见图 9和图 19所示的示意图, 图 9和图 10中的成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赘述。 In step 64, preferably, the processing unit compares the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first The actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group. Specifically, the processing unit respectively acquires a difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group. a sum of squares of the sum of the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the squares of the differences as a third actual touch object position information group; wherein one of the image data on which the position information in the third touch object position information group is obtained is acquired One of image data and image data in which image data according to corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group is acquired and image data on which corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is acquired The teachings of the drawings are the same. Referring to the schematic diagrams shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 19, the imaging device in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
当处理单元将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息 组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配时,除了可以采用图 9和图 10所示的 两种方法外, 处理单元还可以获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信 息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 将差的绝对值的和最小的第 三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。  When the processing unit matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group, in addition to the two methods shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, The processing unit may further acquire an absolute difference between the position information in each third touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group. The sum of the values, the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the differences is taken as the third actual touch object position information group.
在本实施例中, 步骤 31之后还可以包括如下步骤:  In this embodiment, after step 31, the following steps may be further included:
步骤 66、 处理单元根据第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数 据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。 具体参见图 11, 图 11 中的成像设备相 当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赘述。  Step 66: The processing unit acquires size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device. For details, refer to the lens in FIG. 11 and FIG. 11 which are equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在实施例中, 处理单元首先根据两个 巨离镜头采集的图像数据分别 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后根据 两个远距离镜头得到第三触摸物位置信息组, 再将第三触摸物位置信息组 与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组相匹配, 得到 第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过程 中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group according to the image data acquired by the two macro lenses, and then obtains the third touch object according to the two remote distance lenses. Positioning the information group, and matching the third touch object position information group with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing removal of the positioning two More than one "ghost point" in the process of touching objects, precisely locate the location of the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以根据两个^巨离镜头采集的图 像数据, 确定触摸物的尺寸。 触摸定位方法第六实施例 In addition, in this embodiment, the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses. Touch positioning method sixth embodiment
在触摸定位方法第四实施例的^ 5*上, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都 位于第一多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内时, 触摸检 测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的 距离不小于该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的 镜头的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽 度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不 在一条直线上。  In the fifth embodiment of the touch positioning method, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, the touch detection area The distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the optical centers of the two different positions The distance between the two pixels is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
与触摸定位方法第四实施例的不同之处在于, 触摸系统还可以包括至 少一个单镜头成像设备, 单镜头成像设备包括第一单镜头成像设备, 触摸 检测区内的每个位置都位于第一单镜头成像设备的视场之内。  The difference from the fourth embodiment of the touch positioning method is that the touch system may further include at least one single lens imaging device, and the single lens imaging device includes a first single lens imaging device, each position in the touch detection area is located at the first Within the field of view of a single lens imaging device.
本实施例的流程示意图参见图 12, 其中, 在步骤 71 中, 处理单元根 据第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头和第一单镜头成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物 的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。  Referring to FIG. 12, in step 71, the processing unit acquires a plurality of second touch object location information according to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the image data collected by the first single lens imaging device. The second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object.
在步骤 72中,处理单元将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸 物位置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位 置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 当处理单元将数个第二触摸物位置 信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配时, 处理单元分别获取每个第二 触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位 置信息的差的平方和, 将差的平方和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第 二实际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信 息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与获取第一实际触摸物位置信息组 中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。 可选地, 当 处理单元将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配 时, 处理单元还可以分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与 第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 将差的 绝对值的和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息 组。 In step 72, the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes the actual touch object. Location information. When the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit respectively acquires the position information and the first actual touch object position information in each second touch object position information group. a sum of squares of differences of corresponding position information in the group, a second touch object position information group having a smallest sum of squares of differences as a second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position information in the second touch object position information group is acquired One of the image data on which the image data is based is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group is acquired. Optionally, when the processing unit matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group, the processing unit may further acquire the position information and the second information in each second touch object position information group. a sum of absolute values of differences of corresponding position information in an actual touch object position information group, a second touch object position information group in which a sum of absolute values of differences is the smallest as second actual touch object position information Group.
在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以根据第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采 集的图像数据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息, 具体参见图 11, 图 11 中的 成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赞述。  In this embodiment, the processing unit may further acquire the size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device. Referring specifically to FIG. 11, the imaging device in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the embodiment. The lens is not mentioned here.
在实施例中, 处理单元首先根据两个 巨离镜头采集的图像数据分别 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后根据两个 巨离镜头得到第二触摸 物位置信息组, 再将第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组 相匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上 触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the processing unit first obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data acquired by the two macro lenses, and then obtains the second touch object position information group according to the two macro lens, and then the second touch. The object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object location.
另外, 在本实施例中, 处理单元还可以根据两个^巨离镜头采集的图 像数据, 确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in this embodiment, the processing unit may further determine the size of the touch object according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses.
触摸定位装置第一实施例  Touch positioning device first embodiment
如图 13所示,为发明触摸定位装置第一实施例的结构示意图,可以包 括至少一个成像设备组 121、 第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122和第一 实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123。第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122 与至少一个成像设备组 121连接,第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123 与第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122连接。  As shown in FIG. 13 , a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention may include at least one imaging device group 121 , a first touch object position information group acquiring module 122 , and a first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 . . The first touch object position information group acquisition module 122 is connected to at least one imaging device group 121, and the first actual touch object position information group acquisition module 123 is connected to the first touch object position information group acquisition module 122.
其中, 至少一个成像设备组 121包括至少第一成像设备组, 第一成像 设备组可以包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置 都位于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 成像设 备用于采集触摸检测区的图像数据。 优选地, 第一成像设备组中的每个成 像设备的视场从不同方向覆盖整个触摸检测区; 可选地, 第一成像设备中 包括三个成像设备, 其中一个成像设备的视场覆盖整个触摸检测区, 另外 两个成像设备的视场分别覆盖部分触摸检测区, 该另外两个成像设备的视 场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区, 此时, 该另外两个成 4象设备相当于一个成像 设备。 第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122用于根据第一成像设备组中的 成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一触摸物 位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息, 其 中, 第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122如何根据两个成像设备采集的图 像数据获取第一触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。 第一 实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123用于从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中 去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置 信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息。 The at least one imaging device group 121 includes at least a first imaging device group, and the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each of the touch detection regions of the touch system being located in the first imaging device group. Within the field of view of different imaging devices, the imaging device is used to acquire image data of the touch detection zone. Preferably, the field of view of each of the first imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two 4 image devices are equivalent to one Imaging equipment. The first touch object position information group acquiring module 122 is configured to acquire a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, where the first touch object position information group includes the actual touch object Location information and/or location information of a virtual touch object, The first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 obtains the first touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two image forming devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again. The first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 is configured to remove the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first An actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 假设成像设备检测到的触摸物的个数分别为 m和 n, 其中, m和 n为大于或等于 2的自然数, 则实际触摸物个数为 max(m,n), 第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122得到的第一触摸物位置信息组的个数 为 maX(m, n) ! , 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123去除掉包括位 于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到 第一实际触摸物位置信息组。 In this embodiment, it is assumed that the number of touch objects detected by the imaging device is m and n, respectively, wherein m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touch objects is max(m, n), The number of the first touch object position information groups obtained by the first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 is ma X (m, n) ! , and the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 is removed and included in the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group.
在本实施例中, 第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块 122 据至少一个成 像设备组 121中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图係教据, 获取数 个第一触摸物位置信息组, 然后第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸 物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组,得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位 触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the first touch object position information group obtaining module 122 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information according to the drawing teaching data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group in the at least one imaging device group 121. The first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and obtains The first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
触摸定位装置第二实施例  Touch positioning device second embodiment
与上一实施例的^ 5*上, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像 设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意 两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小 于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像 设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的 宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设 备的光心不在一条直线上。  With the above-mentioned embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two in the touch detection area The distance between the actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices The distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
如图 14所示,为本发明触摸定位装置第二实施例的结构示意图,为了 更精确地定位触摸物所在位置, 与图 13 所示的结构示意图的不同之处在 于, 至少一个成^ ί象设备组 121具体可以为至少两个成^ ί象设备组 131, 至少 两个成像设备组 131中除了包括第一成像设备组外, 还可以包括第二成像 设备组, 第二成像设备组可以包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸检测区内的每 个位置都位于第二成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心 连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该 两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设 备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像 设备中的任一成像设备的光心不在一条直线上。 优选地, 第二成像设备组 中的每个成像设备的视场从不同方向覆盖整个触摸检测区; 可选地, 第二 成像设备中包括三个成像设备, 其中一个成像设备的视场覆盖整个触摸检 测区, 另外两个成像设备的视场分别覆盖部分触摸检测区, 该另外两个成 像设备的视场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区, 此时, 该另外两个成像设备相当 于一个成 4象设备。 FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a touch positioning device according to the present invention, in order to The position of the touch object is more accurately positioned, which is different from the structural diagram shown in FIG. 13 in that at least one device group 121 can be at least two imaging device groups 131, at least two imaging images. The device group 131 may include a second imaging device group in addition to the first imaging device group, and the second imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each location in the touch detection region is located in the second imaging device group. Within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the position, the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the two The distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, any two actual touches The optical center of any one of the imaging devices different in the two positions is not in a straight line. Preferably, the field of view of each of the second imaging device groups covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the second imaging device includes three imaging devices, wherein the field of view of one imaging device covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two imaging devices respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two imaging devices covers the entire touch detection area, and at this time, the other two imaging devices are equivalent to one into four Like equipment.
在图 13所示的结构示意图的^ 5*上,本实施例还可以包括第二触摸物 位置信息组获取模块 132、第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133、第三 触摸物位置信息组获取模块 134 和第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 135。第二触摸物位置信息组获取模块 132与至少两个成像设备组 131连接, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133与第二触摸物位置信息组获取模 块 132连接, 第三触摸物位置信息组获取模块 134与至少两个成像设备组 131连接, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 135分别与第一实际触摸 物位置信息组获取模块 123、 第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133和 第三触摸物位置信息组获取模块 134连接。  The present embodiment may further include a second touch object position information group acquisition module 132, a second actual touch object position information group acquisition module 133, and a third touch object position information group. The acquisition module 134 and the third actual touch object location information group acquisition module 135. The second touch object position information group obtaining module 132 is connected to the at least two imaging device group 131, and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 is connected to the second touch object position information group acquiring module 132. The third touch object position information is connected. The group acquisition module 134 is connected to the at least two imaging device groups 131, and the third actual object location information group obtaining module 135 is respectively associated with the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133. The third touch object location information group acquisition module 134 is connected.
其中, 第二触摸物位置信息组获取模块 132用于根据至少两个成像设 备组 131中的第二成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图係教据, 获取数个第 二触摸物位置信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息 和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息, 其中, 第二触摸物位置信息组获取模块 132 如何根据两个成像设备采集的图像数据获取第二触摸物位置信息组, 具体 参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。 第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133用于 从数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸 物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组,得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 第三触摸物位置 信息组获取模块 134用于根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备中的第一成像 设备采集的图像数据和第二成像设备组中的成像设备中的第二成像设备采 集的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组, 第三触摸物位置信息组 包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息, 其中, 第三触摸 物位置信息组获取模块 134如何根据两个成像设备采集的图像数据获取第 三触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。 第三实际触摸物位 置信息组获取模块 135用于将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸 物位置信息组和 /或第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配,得到第三实际触摸物 位置信息组, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 The second touch object location information group obtaining module 132 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object location information groups according to the map teaching data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group of the at least two imaging device groups 131. The second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, where the second touch object location information group acquisition module 132 The second touch object location information group is obtained according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again. The second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 is configured to remove the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the first The actual touch object location information group, the second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object. The third touch object position information group obtaining module 134 is configured to collect image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group and the second imaging device in the second imaging device group. The image data is obtained by acquiring a plurality of third touch object position information groups, where the third touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object, wherein the third touch object position information group obtaining module 134 The third touch object location information group is obtained according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again. The third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 is configured to match the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch. The object location information group, the third actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123和第二实际 触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133分别利用一组 巨离成像设备大致确定实 际触摸物的位置信息, 然后第三触摸物位置信息组获取模块 134利用一组 远距离成像设备得到实际触摸物的位置信息和 "鬼点" , 由于 "鬼点" 距 离近距离成像设备确定的位置信息较远, 而实际触摸物距离近距离成像设 备确定的位置信息较近, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 135利用这 个性质, 将各个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第 二实际触摸物位置信息组相匹配, 从而可以更加精确地定位触摸物所在位 为了尽可能地把所有触摸物都检测出来, 在本实施例中, 第一成像设 备可以为第一成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测触摸物最多的成像 设备; 第二成像设备可以为第二成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测 触摸物最多的成 4象设备。  In this embodiment, the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 respectively determine the position information of the actual touch object by using a group of macroscopic imaging devices, and then the third touch. The object location information group obtaining module 134 obtains the position information and the "ghost point" of the actual touch object by using a set of remote imaging devices, because the "ghost point" is far from the position information determined by the near distance imaging device, and the actual touch object distance is near The third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 utilizes this property to use the third actual object position information group and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position. The information groups are matched so that the bits of the touch object can be positioned more accurately in order to detect all the touch objects as much as possible. In this embodiment, the first imaging device can image at least two of the first imaging device groups. The imaging device that detects the most touched objects in the device; the second imaging device may be the second imaging device The device group to at least two imaging apparatus 4 as the largest device detects a touch object.
在本实施例中, 当采用两个远距离成像设备定位触摸物时, 两个远距 离成像设备距离触摸物越近, 定位误差越大, 因此, 在采用两个 巨离成 像设备精确定位触摸物位置时, 还可以选择距离触摸检测区最远的两个成 像设备, 在本实施例中, 第一成像设备和第二成像设备距离触摸系统的触 摸检测区最远。 具体分析过程参见图 8, 在此不再赘述。 In this embodiment, when two remote imaging devices are used to position the touch object, two distances are The closer the imaging device is to the touch object, the larger the positioning error is. Therefore, when the two giant imaging devices are used to accurately position the touch object, the two imaging devices farthest from the touch detection region can also be selected, in this embodiment. The first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system. For the specific analysis process, refer to FIG. 8 , and details are not described herein again.
在本实施例中, 优选地, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 135将 数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸 物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 第三实际触摸物位 置信息组获取模块 135可以包括第三距离获取单元 1351和第三实际触摸物 位置信息组获取单元 1352。 第三距离获取单元 1351分别与第三触摸物位 置信息组获取模块 135、 第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 133和第一 实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123连接, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组获 取单元 1352与 if巨离获取单元 1351连接。  In this embodiment, preferably, the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group. A third actual touch object position information group is obtained. The third actual touch object position information group acquisition module 135 may include a third distance acquisition unit 1351 and a third actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1352. The third distance acquiring unit 1351 is respectively connected to the third touch object position information group acquiring module 135, the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133, and the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123, and the third actual touch object position. The block acquisition unit 1352 is connected to the if-large acquisition unit 1351.
其中,第三距离获取单元 1351用于分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息 组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和。 第三实际触摸物位 置信息组获取单元 1352 用于将差的平方和最小的第三触摸物位置信息组 作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 其中, 获取第三触摸物位置信息组中的 位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与获取第一实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取第二 实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像 数据相同。第三距离获取单元 1351和第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1352 的具体工作过程参见本发明触摸定位方法第二实施例, 在此不再赘 述。  The third distance acquiring unit 1351 is configured to respectively acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the second actual touch object location information group. The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding location information. The third actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1352 uses the third touch object position information group for minimizing the square sum of the differences as the third actual touch object position information group. The image data of the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group and one image data of the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group are acquired. Acquiring one image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is based is the same. For a specific working process of the third distance acquiring unit 1351 and the third actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1352, refer to the second embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, which is not described herein.
可选地,第三距离获取单元 1351还可以分别获取每个第三触摸物位置 信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第 二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 第三实际 触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1352还可以将差的绝对值的和最小的第三触 摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 本实施例还可以包括第一实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 136, 与至少 两个成像设备组 131连接, 用于根据第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的 图 ^据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。 具体参见图 11, 在此不再赘述。 Optionally, the third distance acquiring unit 1351 may further acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information and the second actual touch object location information group in the first actual touch object location information group, respectively. The third actual touch object position information acquiring unit 1352 may also use the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the difference as the third actual touch object position information. group. The embodiment may further include a first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 connected to the at least two imaging device groups 131 for acquiring the actual touch object according to the data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group. Size Information. For details, refer to FIG. 11 , and details are not described herein again.
在实施例中, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123和第二实际触 摸物位置信息组获取模块 133根据两个 巨离成像设备采集的图像数据分 别得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后第 三触摸物位置信息组获取模块 134根据两个远距离成像设备得到第三触摸 物位置信息组, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 135再将第三触摸物 位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组相 匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触 摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and the second actual touch object position information group obtaining module 133 respectively obtain the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro imaging devices. a second actual touch object position information group, and then the third touch object position information group obtaining module 134 obtains a third touch object position information group according to the two remote distance imaging devices, and the third actual touch object position information group obtaining module 135 The three-touch object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby achieving removal in the process of locating two or more touch objects. The "ghost point" that appears, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 第一实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 136还可以 确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in the embodiment, the first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 can also determine the size of the touch object.
触摸定位装置第三实施例  Touch positioning device third embodiment
与触摸定位装置第一实施例的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 当触摸 检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备 的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的 成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心 之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位 置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个 位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设备的光心不在一条直线上。  The difference from the first embodiment of the touch positioning device is that, in the embodiment, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group. When the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different position imaging devices, the two The distance between the optical centers of the different imaging devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and any two of the actual touch objects and the imaging devices different from the two positions The center of the device is not in a straight line.
如图 15所示,为本发明触摸定位装置第三实施例的结构示意图, 与图 13所示的结构示意图的不同之处在于,本实施例还可以包括至少一个成像 设备 141、 第七触摸物位置信息组获取模块 142和第七实际触摸物位置信 息组获取模块 143。 其中, 至少一个成像设备 141可以包括第三成像设备, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第三成像设备的视场之内。 第七触摸物位 置信息组获取模块 142与至少一个成像设备 141连接, 第七实际触摸物位 置信息组获取模块 143分别与第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123和 第七触摸物位置信息组获取模块 142连接。 FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention, which is different from the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 13 in that the embodiment further includes at least one imaging device 141 and a seventh touch object. The location information group acquisition module 142 and the seventh actual touch object location information group acquisition module 143. Wherein, at least one imaging device 141 may include a third imaging device, and each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of the third imaging device. The seventh touch object position information group obtaining module 142 is connected to the at least one imaging device 141, and the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 is respectively associated with the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module 123 and The seventh touch object location group acquisition module 142 is connected.
其中, 第七触摸物位置信息组获取模块 142用于^据第一成像设备组 中的成像设备和第三成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置 信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸 物的位置信息。 第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 143用于将数个第二 触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸 物位置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  The seventh touch object position group obtaining module 142 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group, and the second touch object The location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object. The seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 is configured to match the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, and the second actual touch object position. The information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 143可以包括第 七距离获取单元 1431和第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1432。 第七 距离获取单元 1431分别与第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123和第七 触摸物位置信息组获取模块 142连接, 第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取单 元 1432与第七距离获取单元 1431连接。  In this embodiment, the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 may include a seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 and a seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1432. The seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 is connected to the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 and the seventh touch object position information group acquiring module 142, respectively, and the seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1432 and the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431. connection.
其中,第七距离获取单元 1431用于分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息 组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平 方和。第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1432用于将差的平方和最小的 第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第二 触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与获 取第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一 个图像数据相同。可选地,第七距离获取单元 1431还可以分别获取每个第 二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应 位置信息的差的绝对值的和, 第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1432 用于将差的绝对值的和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物 位置信息组  The seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 is configured to respectively acquire a square sum of the difference between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group. The seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1432 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of squares of differences as the second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position in the second touch object position information group is acquired One of the image data on which the information is based is identical to one of the image data from which the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group is acquired. Optionally, the seventh distance acquiring unit 1431 may further acquire, respectively, a sum of absolute values of differences between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group, The seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1432 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the absolute values of the differences as the second actual touch object position information group.
本实施例还可以包括第一实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 136, 与至少 一个成像设备组 121连接, 用于相 *据至少一个成像设备组 121中的第一成 像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸信息。 具 体参见图 11, 在此不再赘述。  The embodiment may further include a first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 connected to the at least one imaging device group 121 for collecting according to the imaging device in the first imaging device group of the at least one imaging device group 121. Image data, obtaining the size information of the actual touch object. Refer to Figure 11 for details, and details are not described here.
在实施例中, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 123根据两个 ^巨 离成像设备采集的图像数据得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后第七触 摸物位置信息组获取模块 142根据两个远距离成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 143 将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得 到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 In an embodiment, the first actual touch object location information group obtaining module 123 is based on two giants. Obtaining the first actual touch object position information group from the image data collected by the imaging device, and then the seventh touch object position information group obtaining module 142 acquires the plurality of second touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the two remote imaging devices. The seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module 143 matches the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain the second actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal of the two positioning positions. The "ghost point" that appears in the process of touching the object above, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 第一实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 136还可以 根据两个 巨离成像设备确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in the embodiment, the first actual touch object size information acquiring module 136 can also determine the size of the touch object according to the two macro imaging devices.
触摸定位装置第四实施例  Touch positioning device fourth embodiment
如图 16所示,为本发明触摸定位装置第四实施例的结构示意图,可以 包括至少一个多镜头成像设备 151、 第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块 152 和第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153。 第四触摸物位置信息组获取 模块 152与至少一个多镜头成像设备 151连接, 第四实际触摸物位置信息 组获取模块 153与第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块 152连接。  FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of the touch positioning apparatus according to the present invention, which may include at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, a fourth touch object position information group acquiring module 152, and a fourth actual touch object position information group. Module 153. The fourth touch object position information group acquisition module 152 is connected to at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, and the fourth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 153 is connected to the fourth touch object position information group acquisition module 152.
其中, 至少一个多镜头成像设备 151可以包括第一多镜头成像设备, 第一多镜头成像设备可以包括至少两个镜头和一个光学传感器, 触摸系统 的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同 的镜头的视场之内, 镜头采集触摸检测区的图像数据, 并将图像数据成像 在光学传感器上, 具体地, 不同镜头成像在光学传感器的不同区域。 优选 地, 第一多镜头成像设备中的每个镜头的视场从不同方向覆盖整个触摸检 测区; 可选地, 第一多镜头成像设备中包括三个镜头, 其中一个镜头的视 场覆盖整个触摸检测区, 另外两个镜头的视场分别覆盖部分触摸检测区, 该另外两个镜头的视场的和覆盖整个触摸检测区, 此时, 该另外两个镜头 相当于一个镜头。 第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块 152用于根据至少一个 多镜头成像设备 151中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物 的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取 模块 153用于从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区 外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸 物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 Wherein, the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 may include a first multi-lens imaging device, and the first multi-lens imaging device may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area of the touch system is located at the first Within the field of view of two differently positioned lenses in a multi-lens imaging device, the lens captures image data of the touch detection zone and images the image data onto an optical sensor, specifically, different lenses are imaged in different regions of the optical sensor. Preferably, the field of view of each lens in the first multi-lens imaging device covers the entire touch detection area from different directions; optionally, the first multi-lens imaging device includes three lenses, wherein the field of view of one lens covers the entire Touching the detection area, the fields of view of the other two lenses respectively cover part of the touch detection area, and the sum of the fields of view of the other two lenses covers the entire touch detection area. At this time, the other two lenses are equivalent to one lens. The fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 is configured to acquire a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object. The fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 is configured to be removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and is located in the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中,假设镜头检测到的触摸物的个数分别为 m和! 1,其中, m和 n为大于或等于 2的自然数, 则实际触摸物个数为 max(m, n), 第四 触摸物位置信息组获取模块 152 得到的第一触摸物位置信息组的个数为 max(m, n) ! , 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153去除掉包括位于触 摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一 实际触摸物位置信息组。  In this embodiment, it is assumed that the number of touched objects detected by the lens is m and !1, respectively, where m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 2, and the actual number of touched objects is max(m, n), The number of the first touch object position information groups obtained by the fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 is max(m, n) ! , and the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 is removed and included in the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group.
在本实施例中, 第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块 152 据至少一个多 镜头成像设备 151中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获 取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 然后第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟 触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信 息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精 确定位触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the fourth touch object position information group obtaining module 152 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151. Then, the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, and obtains the first An actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
触摸定位装置第五实施例  Touch positioning device fifth embodiment
与上一实施例的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每 个位置都位于第一多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内 时, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心 连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个 位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的 像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头 的光心不在一条直线上。  The difference from the previous embodiment is that, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, touch The distance between any two actual touch objects in the detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, the two different positions The distance between the optical centers is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line.
如图 17所示,为本发明触摸定位装置第五实施例的结构示意图,为了 更精确地定位触摸物所在位置, 与图 16 所示的结构示意图的不同之处在 于, 至少一个多镜头成像设备 151 具体可以为至少两个多镜头成像设备 161。 至少两个多镜头成像设备 161在包括第一多镜头成像设备的基础上, 还可以包括第二多镜头成像设备, 第二多镜头成像设备中可以包括至少两 个镜头和一个光学传感器, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第二多镜头成 像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实 际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位 置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距 离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸 物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。 镜头采 集图像数据并将图像数据成像在光学传感器上。在图 16所示的结构示意图 的基础上, 本实施例还可以包括第五触摸物位置信息组获取模块 162、 第 五实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 163、 第六触摸物位置信息组获取模块 164和第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 165。第五触摸物位置信息组获 ^^块 162与至少两个多镜头成像设备 161连接, 第五实际触摸物位置信 息组获取模块 163与第五触摸物位置信息组获取模块 162连接, 第六触摸 物位置信息组获取模块 164与至少两个多镜头成像设备 161连接, 第六实 际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 165分别与第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取 模块 123、 第五实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 163和第六触摸物位置信 息组获 ^^块 164连接。 As shown in FIG. 17, a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention, in order to more accurately locate the position of the touch object, is different from the structural diagram shown in FIG. 16 in that at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 may specifically be at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161. The at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161 may further include a second multi-lens imaging device based on the first multi-lens imaging device, and the second multi-lens imaging device may include at least two a lens and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different lenses in the second multi-lens imaging device, and any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are in the The distance between the optical fiber connecting directions of the two different positions of the lens is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions of the lens, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is larger than the two positions The width of the pixel that can be recognized by different lenses, the optical center of any two of the actual touch objects and the two different positions are not in a straight line. The lens captures image data and images the image on an optical sensor. On the basis of the structure diagram shown in FIG. 16, the embodiment may further include a fifth touch object position information group acquisition module 162, a fifth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 163, and a sixth touch object position information group acquisition module. 164 and a sixth actual touch object location block acquisition module 165. The fifth touch object position information group obtaining block 162 is connected to the at least two multi-lens imaging device 161, and the fifth actual touch object position information group acquiring module 163 is connected to the fifth touch object position information group acquiring module 162, and the sixth touch The object position information group obtaining module 164 is connected to the at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 and the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module 123 and the fifth actual touch object position information, respectively. The group acquisition module 163 and the sixth touch object location information group are connected to the block 164.
其中, 第五触摸物位置信息组获取模块 162用于根据至少两个多镜头 成像设备 161中的第二多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图係教据, 获取数 个第二触摸物位置信息组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。 第五实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 163 用于从数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 第六 触摸物位置信息组获 块 164用于^据第一多镜头成像设备中的第一镜 头采集的图像数据和第二多镜头成像设备中的第二镜头采集的图條据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组, 第三触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物 的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息。第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取 模块 165用于将数个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组 和 /或第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 The fifth touch object position information group obtaining module 162 is configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object position information according to the picture teaching data collected by the lens in the second multi-lens imaging device of the at least two multi-lens imaging devices 161. The second touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object. The fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 is configured to remove the second touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain the first The actual touch object location information group, the second actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object. The sixth touch object position group obtaining block 164 is configured to acquire a plurality of image data collected by the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the second lens captured in the second multi-lens imaging device. The third touch object position information group includes the position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object. The sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 is configured to use the third touch object position information group and the first actual touch object position information group. And/or the second actual touch object position information group is matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, and the third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153和第五实际 触摸物位置信息组获取模块 163分别利用一组 巨离镜头大致确定实际触 摸物的位置信息, 然后第六触摸物位置信息组获取模块 164利用一组远距 离镜头得到实际触摸物的位置信息和 "鬼点" , 由于 "鬼点" 距离 ilii巨离 镜头确定的位置信息较远, 而实际触摸物距离 ilii巨离镜头确定的位置信息 较近, 第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 165利用这个性质, 将各个第 三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置 信息组相匹配, 从而可以更加精确地定位触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 and the fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 respectively determine the position information of the actual touch object by using a set of macro lens, and then the sixth touch object. The location information group obtaining module 164 obtains the position information of the actual touch object and the "ghost point" by using a set of remote lens. Since the "ghost point" is far away from the position information determined by the lens, the actual touch object distance is sharp away from the ilii. The position information determined by the lens is relatively close, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 utilizes this property to set each of the third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group. Matching, so that the location of the touch object can be positioned more accurately.
为了尽可能地把所有触摸物都检测出来, 在本实施例中, 第一镜头为 第一多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头; 第二镜 头为第二多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头。  In order to detect all the touch objects as much as possible, in the embodiment, the first lens is the lens that detects the most touched objects in at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; the second lens is the second multi-lens The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the imaging devices.
在本实施例中, 当采用两个远距离镜头定位触摸物时, 两个 巨离镜 头距离触摸物越近, 定位误差越大, 因此, 在采用两个远距离镜头精确定 位触摸物位置时, 还可以选择距离触摸检测区最远的两个镜头, 在本实施 例中, 第一镜头和第二镜头距离触摸系统的触摸检测区最远。 具体分析过 程参见图 8, 图 8中的成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赞述。  In this embodiment, when two remote lenses are used to position the touch object, the closer the two large distance lenses are to the touch object, the larger the positioning error is. Therefore, when two remote lenses are used to accurately position the touch object, It is also possible to select two lenses that are furthest from the touch detection area. In this embodiment, the first lens and the second lens are farthest from the touch detection area of the touch system. The specific analysis process is shown in Fig. 8. The imaging device in Fig. 8 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and will not be described here.
在本实施中, 优选地, 第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 165将数 个第三触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物 位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 第六实际触摸物位置 信息组获取模块 165可以包括:第六距离获取单元 1651和第六实际触摸物 位置信息组获取单元 1652。 第六距离获取单元 1651分别与第四实际触摸 物位置信息组获取模块 153、 第五实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 163和 第六触摸物位置信息组获取模块 164连接。  In this implementation, preferably, the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 matches the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain The third actual touch object position information group. The sixth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 165 may include a sixth distance acquisition unit 1651 and a sixth actual touch object position information group acquisition unit 1652. The sixth distance acquisition unit 1651 is connected to the fourth actual touch object position information acquisition module 153, the fifth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 163, and the sixth touch object position information group acquisition module 164, respectively.
其中,第六距离获取单元 1651用于分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息 组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和。 第六实际触摸物位 置信息组获取单元 1652用于根据第六距离获取单元 1651的计算结果, 将 差的平方和最小的第三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息 组。 其中, 获取第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数据中 的一个图像数据与获取第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依 据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相 应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。 第六距离获取单元 1651和第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1652的工作过程参见本发明 触摸定位方法第四实施例,在此不再赘述。可选地,第六距离获取单元 1651 还可以分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸 物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位 置信息的差的绝对值的和,第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1652还可 以根据第六距离获取单元 1651的计算结果,将差的绝对值的和最小的第三 触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组。 The sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 is configured to respectively acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the second actual touch object location information group. The sum of the squares of the differences of the corresponding location information. The sixth actual touch level The set information acquiring unit 1652 is configured to use, as the third actual touch object position information group, the third touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of the squares of the differences according to the calculation result of the sixth distance obtaining unit 1651. The image data of the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group and one image data of the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group are acquired. Acquiring one image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is based is the same. For the working process of the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 and the sixth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1652, refer to the fourth embodiment of the touch positioning method of the present invention, and details are not described herein again. Optionally, the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 may further acquire the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information and the second actual touch object location information group in the first actual touch object location information group, respectively. The sum of the absolute values of the differences of the corresponding position information in the middle, the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1652 may further reduce the sum of the absolute values of the differences according to the calculation result of the sixth distance acquiring unit 1651 The location information group serves as a third actual touch object location information group.
本实施例还可以包括第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166, 用于根 据第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸 信息。 第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166的工作原理具体参见图 11, 图 11中的成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赞述。  The embodiment may further include a second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166, configured to obtain size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device. The working principle of the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 is specifically shown in FIG. 11, and the image forming apparatus in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and is not mentioned here.
在实施例中, 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153和第五实际触 摸物位置信息组获取模块 163根据两个 巨离镜头采集的图像数据分别得 到第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后第六触 摸物位置信息组获取模块 164根据两个远距离镜头得到第三触摸物位置信 息组, 第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 165再将第三触摸物位置信息 组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组和第二实际触摸物位置信息组相匹配, 得 到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 and the fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 163 respectively obtain the first actual touch object position information group and the first according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses. The second touch object position information group, the sixth touch object position information group obtaining module 164 obtains the third touch object position information group according to the two remote distance lenses, and the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 165 further applies the third touch. The object position information group is matched with the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the occurrence of the process of positioning two or more touch objects. "Ghost point", pinpoint the location of the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166还可以 确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in the embodiment, the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 can also determine the size of the touch object.
触摸定位装置第六实施例 与触摸定位装置第四实施例的不同之处在于, 在本实施例中, 当触摸 检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头 的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的 镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距 离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头 所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中 的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。 Touch positioning device sixth embodiment The difference from the fourth embodiment of the touch positioning device is that, in the embodiment, each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device. When the distance between any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, the two positions The distance between the optical centers of different lenses is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, and the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in one On the line.
如图 18所示,为本发明触摸定位装置第六实施例的结构示意图,在图 16所示结构示意图的基础上, 本实施例还可以包括至少一个单镜头成像设 备 171、 第八触摸物位置信息组获取模块 172和第八实际触摸物位置信息 组获取模块 173。 其中, 第八触摸物位置信息组获取模块 172分别与至少 一个单镜头成像设备 171和至少一个多镜头成像设备 151连接。 单镜头成 像设备 171可以包括第一单镜头成像设备, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位 于第一单镜头成像设备的视场之内  As shown in FIG. 18, it is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth embodiment of the touch positioning device of the present invention. Based on the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 16, the embodiment may further include at least one single-lens imaging device 171 and an eighth touch object position. The information group acquisition module 172 and the eighth actual touch object position information group acquisition module 173. The eighth touch object position group acquisition module 172 is respectively connected to at least one single lens imaging device 171 and at least one multi-lens imaging device 151. The single lens imaging device 171 may include a first single lens imaging device, each position within the touch detection area being within the field of view of the first single lens imaging device
第八触摸物位置信息组获取模块 172用于根据至少一个多镜头成像设 备 151 中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头和至少一个单镜头成像设备 171 中的第一单镜头成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息 组, 第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的 位置信息。 第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 172用于将数个第二触摸 物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  The eighth touch object position information acquisition module 172 is configured to acquire an image according to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in the at least one multi-lens imaging device 151 and the first single-lens imaging device in the at least one single-lens imaging device 171 Data, acquiring a plurality of second touch object position information groups, the second touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object. The eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 is configured to match the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, and the second actual touch object position. The information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
在本实施例中, 第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 172可以包括第 八距离获取单元 1721和第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1722; 第八 距离获取单元 1721 用于分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信 息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和。 第八实 际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1722 用于将差的平方和最小的第二触摸物 位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组; 其中, 获取第二触摸物位置 信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据与获取第一实际 触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据 相同。可选地,第八距离获取单元 1721还可以分别获取每个第二触摸物位 置信息组中的位置信息与第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的 差的绝对值的和,第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元 1722还可以将差的 绝对值的和最小的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息 组。 In this embodiment, the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 may include an eighth distance acquiring unit 1721 and an eighth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit 1722; the eighth distance obtaining unit 1721 is configured to acquire each of the respective The sum of the squares of the difference between the position information in the second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group. The eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1722 is configured to use the second touch object position information group that minimizes the sum of squares of differences as the second actual touch object position information group; wherein, the position in the second touch object position information group is acquired One image data in the image data on which the information is based and the first actual data obtained One image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the touch object position information group is based is the same. Optionally, the eighth distance acquiring unit 1721 may further acquire a sum of absolute values of differences between the position information in each second touch object position information group and the corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group, respectively. The eight actual touch object position information group obtaining unit 1722 may also use the second touch object position information group having the smallest sum of absolute values as the second actual touch object position information group.
本实施例还可以包括第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166, 用于根 据第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取实际触摸物的尺寸 信息。 第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166的工作原理具体参见图 11, 图 11中的成像设备相当于本实施例中的镜头, 在此不再赞述。  The embodiment may further include a second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166, configured to obtain size information of the actual touch object according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device. The working principle of the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 is specifically shown in FIG. 11, and the image forming apparatus in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the lens in this embodiment, and is not mentioned here.
在实施例中, 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块 153根据两个^巨 离镜头采集的图像数据分别得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 然后第八触 摸物位置信息组获取模块 172根据远距离的镜头和一个单镜头成像设备采 集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 第八实际触摸物位置信 息组获取模块 172将数个第二触摸物位置信息组与第一实际触摸物位置信 息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以 上触摸物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In an embodiment, the fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 153 obtains the first actual touch object position information group according to the image data collected by the two macro lenses, and then the eighth touch object position information group obtaining module 172 is The remote lens and the image data acquired by the single lens imaging device acquire a plurality of second touch object position information groups, and the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module 172 sets the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first The actual touch object position information group is matched to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
另外, 在本实施例中, 第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块 166还可以 确定触摸物的尺寸。  In addition, in the embodiment, the second actual touch object size information acquiring module 166 can also determine the size of the touch object.
触摸系统第一实施例  Touch system first embodiment
如图 19所示,为本发明触摸系统第一实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 回归反射条 14、 至少 一个成 4象设备组 1431、 1432 143m和处理单元 16。 框架 12的内部为 触摸检测区 17, 回归反射条 14安装在触摸检测区 17周围, 至少一个发光 源 1411、 1412 141η 分别安装在邻近至少一个成像设备组 1431、 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a touch system according to the present invention, which may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, at least one device-like device group 1431, 1432 143m, and Processing unit 16. The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and retroreflective strips 14 are mounted around the touch detection area 17, and at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n is respectively mounted adjacent to at least one imaging device group 1431,
1432 143m的位置, 成像设备组可以包括第一成像设备组, 第一成像 设备组可以包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一 成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内。处理单元 16与至少 一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m连接。 m和 n为大于或等于 1的 自然数。 1432 143m position, the imaging device group may include a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection region is located at two different positions in the first imaging device group The field of view of the imaging device. Processing unit 16 and at least An imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m is connected. m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
回归反射条 14将由至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η发射到其 上的光反射到至少一个成^ ί象设备组 1431、 1432 143m, 至少一个成像 设备组 1431、 1432 143m中的至少两个成像设备采集触摸检测区的 图像数据并将该图像数据发送到处理单元 16, 处理单元 16根据至少一个 成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采 集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组 包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息, 其中, 如何根据 两个成像设备采集的图像数据获取第一触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。然后,处理单元 16从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉 包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息 组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息。  The retroreflective strip 14 reflects light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m Acquiring image data of the touch detection area and transmitting the image data to the processing unit 16, the processing unit 16 acquiring a plurality of image data acquired by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m a first touch object position information group, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of an actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object, wherein how to acquire the first touch object position according to image data acquired by the two imaging devices For details, refer to Figure 1 and we will not repeat them here. Then, the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, The first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
进一步地, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成像设备组中的两 个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任意两个实际触摸 物在该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于该两个位置 不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之 间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两 个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设备的光心不在 一条直线上。  Further, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two actual touch objects in the touch detection area are in the two The distance between the optical fiber connection directions of the four-image devices having different positions is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices is greater than the distance The width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, the optical centers of any two of the actual touch objects and the imaging devices of the two different positions are not in a straight line.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
在本实施例中,处理单元 16根据至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 In the present embodiment, the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
143m中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据,获取数个第一触 摸物位置信息组,然后处理单元 16从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉 包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息 组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸 物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 The image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area. First touch object location information of location information of the virtual touch object The group obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch object.
触摸系统第二实施例  Touch system second embodiment
如图 20所示,为本发明触摸系统第二实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 回归反射条 14、 触摸 物?、 至少一个成^ ί象设备组 1431、 1432 143m和处理单元 16。 框架 As shown in FIG. 20, a schematic structural view of a second embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, and a touch object. At least one of the device groups 1431, 1432 143m and the processing unit 16. frame
12的内部为触摸检测区 17, 回归反射条 14安装在触摸物 P上, 至少一个 发光源 1411、 1412 141η分别安装在邻近至少一个成像设备组 1431、The inside of the 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted on the touch object P, and at least one light source 1411, 1412 141n is respectively mounted adjacent to at least one imaging device group 1431,
1432 143m的位置, 至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m中 可以包括第一成像设备组, 第一成像设备组可以包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸检测区 17 内的每个位置都位于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的 成像设备的视场之内。处理单元 16与至少一个成像设备组 1431、 14321432 143m position, at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m may include a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, each position in the touch detection region 17 is located at the first imaging Two of the devices in the device group have different fields of view of the imaging device. Processing unit 16 and at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432
143m连接。 m和 n为大于或等于 1的自然数。 143m connection. m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
回归反射条 14将由至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η发射到其 上的光反射到至少一个成^ ί象设备组 1431、 1432 143m, 至少一个成像 设备组 1431、 1432 143m中的至少两个成像设备采集触摸检测区的 图像数据并将该图像数据发送到处理单元 16, 处理单元 16根据第一成像 设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位 置信息,其中,处理单元 16如何根据成像设备采集的图像数据获取第一触 摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赞述。 然后, 处理单元 16从数 个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的 位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 第 一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  The retroreflective strip 14 reflects light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, at least one of the at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m Collecting the image data of the touch detection area and transmitting the image data to the processing unit 16, the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, wherein the processing unit 16 acquires the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the imaging device, as specifically seen in FIG. No longer praise. Then, the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, The first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
需要说明的是, 触摸物 P的横截面的形状可以为圆形、 方形、 三角形 或其他任何形状。  It should be noted that the shape of the cross section of the touch object P may be a circle, a square, a triangle or any other shape.
进一步地, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成 像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任 意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不 小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成 像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素 的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像 设备的光心不在一条直线上。 Further, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, It is intended that the distance between the two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image devices is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the two images are different in imaging. The distance between the optical centers of the devices is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices at the two positions, and the optical centers of any of the two actual imaging devices and the imaging devices different from the two positions are absent On a straight line.
在本实施例中,处理单元 16根据至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 In the present embodiment, the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
143m中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据,获取数个第一触 摸物位置信息组,然后处理单元 16从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉 包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息 组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸 物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 更精确地定位触摸物所在位置。 The image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, more precisely Position the touch object.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
触摸系统第三实施例  Touch system third embodiment
如图 21所示,为本发明触摸系统第三实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 至少一个成^ ί象设备组 As shown in FIG. 21, a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, and at least one device group.
1431、 1432 143m和处理单元 16。 框架 12的内部为触摸检测区 17。 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η分别安装在触摸检测区 17周围。 处理单元 16与至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m连接。 至少一 个成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m中可以包括第一成像设备组, 第一 成像设备组可以包括至少两个成像设备,触摸检测区 17内的每个位置都位 于第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内。 m和 n为大 于或等于 1的自然数。 1431, 1432 143m and processing unit 16. The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17. At least one of the illumination sources 1411, 1412 141n is mounted around the touch detection area 17, respectively. The processing unit 16 is coupled to at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m. A first imaging device group may be included in at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, the first imaging device group may include at least two imaging devices, and each position in the touch detection region 17 is located in two of the first imaging device groups Within the field of view of different imaging devices. m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η将光发射到至少一个成像设备 组 1431、 1432 143m, 至少一个成 4象设备组 1431、 1432 143m 中的至少两个成像设备采集触摸检测区的图像数据并将该图像数据发送到 处理单元 16,处理单元 16根据至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 143m 中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物 位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟 触摸物的位置信息,其中,处理单元 16如何根据两个成像设备采集的图像 数据获取第一触摸物位置信息组, 具体参见图 1, 在此不再赘述。 然后, 处理单元 16从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区 外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸 物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 At least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n transmits light to at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m, and at least two imaging devices of at least one of the 4 image device groups 1431, 1432 143m acquire image data of the touch detection area and The image data is sent to processing unit 16, which is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432 143m The image data acquired by the imaging device in the first imaging device group in the first imaging device group acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object The processing unit 16 obtains the first touch object location information group according to the image data collected by the two imaging devices. For details, refer to FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again. Then, the processing unit 16 removes the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, The first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
进一步地, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一成 像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任 意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不 小于该两个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的成 像设备的光心之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素 的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像 设备的光心不在一条直线上。  Further, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, any two actual areas in the touch detection area The distance between the touch object in the optical fiber connection direction of the different four-image device is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices, and the optical centers of the two different imaging devices The distance between the two is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the different imaging devices, and the optical centers of any two of the actual touch devices and the two different imaging devices are not in a straight line.
在本实施例中,处理单元 16根据至少一个成像设备组 1431、 1432 In the present embodiment, the processing unit 16 is based on at least one imaging device group 1431, 1432.
143m中的第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据,获取数个第一触 摸物位置信息组,然后处理单元 16从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉 包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息 组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸 物的过程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 The image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group of 143m acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups, and then the processing unit 16 is removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including the touch detection area. The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch The location of the object.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
触摸系统第四实施例  Touch system fourth embodiment
如图 22所示,为本发明触摸系统第四实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 回归反射条 14、 至少 一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m和处理单元 16。 框架 12的内 部为触摸检测区 17, 回归反射条 14安装在触摸检测区 17周围, 至少一个 发光源 1411、 1412 141n分别安装在邻近至少一个多镜头成像设备As shown in FIG. 22, a schematic structural view of a fourth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a retroreflective strip 14, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and processing. Unit 16. The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted around the touch detection area 17, at least one The light sources 1411, 1412 141n are respectively mounted adjacent to at least one multi-lens imaging device
1931、 1932 193m的位置。至少一个多镜头成^ ί象设备 1931、 19321931, 1932 193m position. At least one multi-camera device 1931, 1932
193m中可以包括第一多镜头成像设备,该第一多镜头成像设备可以包括至 少两个镜头和一个光学传感器,触摸检测区 17内的每个位置都位于第一多 镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内,处理单元 16与至少一 个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m的光学传感器连接。 m和 n为 大于或等于 1的自然数。 A first multi-lens imaging apparatus may be included in the 193m, the first multi-lens imaging apparatus may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each of the positions in the touch detection area 17 being located in the first multi-lens imaging apparatus Within the field of view of the differently positioned lenses, processing unit 16 is coupled to the optical sensors of at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m. m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1.
回归反射条 14将至少一个发光源发射到回归反射条 14的光反射到至 少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m。 镜头采集触摸检测区 17 的图像数据并将图像数据成像光学传感器上, 不同的镜头成像在光学传感 器上的不同区域。 处理单元 16用于根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 The retroreflective strip 14 reflects the light emitted by the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip 14 to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m. The lens captures the image data of the touch detection area 17 and images the image data onto the optical sensor, and the different lenses are imaged in different areas on the optical sensor. The processing unit 16 is configured to be based on at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931,
1932、 …、 193m中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据,获取 数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位 置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除 掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息 组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息。 Image data acquired by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of 1932, ..., 193m, acquiring a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or virtual Touching the location information of the object, removing the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object location information group The first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
进一步地, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多 镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任 意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心 之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个 实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线 上。  Further, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area The distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than The width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
在本实施例中, 处理单元 16根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932、 …、 193m中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据,获取 数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括 位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得 到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。 In this embodiment, the processing unit 16 is configured according to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931. Acquiring image data acquired by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device in 1932, ..., 193m, acquiring a plurality of first touch object position information groups, being removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located in the touch detection area The first touch object position information group of the position information of the outer virtual touch object obtains the first actual touch object position information group, thereby removing the "ghost point" appearing in the process of locating two or more touch objects, and accurately positioning the touch The location of the object.
触摸系统第五实施例  Touch system fifth embodiment
如图 23所示,为本发明触摸系统第五实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 触摸物 Ρ、 至少一个多 镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m和处理单元 16。 框架 12的内部为触 摸检测区 17, 回归反射条 14安装在触摸物 P上, 至少一个发光源 1411、 As shown in FIG. 23, a schematic structural view of a fifth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, a touch object, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and a processing unit. 16. The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area 17, and the retroreflective strip 14 is mounted on the touch object P, at least one light source 1411,
1412 141η分别安装在邻近至少一个多镜头成^ ί象设备 1931、 19321412 141η are respectively installed adjacent to at least one multi-lens device 1931, 1932
193m的位置, 至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m中可以包 括第一多镜头成像设备, 第一多镜头成像设备可以包括至少两个镜头和一 个光学传感器,触摸检测区 17内的每个位置都位于第一多镜头成像设备中 的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内,处理单元 16与至少一个多镜头成像设 备 1931、 1932 193m的光学传感器连接, m和 n为大于或等于 1的 自然数。 At a position of 193 m, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m may include a first multi-lens imaging device, and the first multi-lens imaging device may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area 17 All within the field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, the processing unit 16 is coupled to the optical sensors of at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, m and n being greater than or equal to one Natural number.
回归反射条 14将至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η发射到其上 的光反射到至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m。 镜头采集触 摸检测区 17的图像数据并将图像数据成像在对应的光学传感器上,不同的 镜头成像在光学传感器上的不同区域。 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 The retroreflective strip 14 reflects the light emitted thereto by the at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m. The lens captures the image data of the touch detection area 17 and images the image data onto corresponding optical sensors, and the different lenses are imaged in different areas on the optical sensor. At least one illumination source 1411, 1412
141η用于将光发射到至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m。 处理单元 16用于根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m中 的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位 置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触 摸物的位置信息, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检 测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际 触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信 息。 141n is used to emit light to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m. The processing unit 16 is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group Include location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, and remove first touch object location information including location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups Group, obtaining a first actual touch object position information group, where the first actual touch object position information group includes a position information of the actual touch object Interest.
需要说明的是, 触摸物 P的横截面的形状可以为圆形、 方形、 三角形 或其他任何形状。  It should be noted that the shape of the cross section of the touch object P may be a circle, a square, a triangle or any other shape.
进一步地, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多 镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任 意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心 之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个 实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线 上。  Further, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area The distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than The width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
在本实施例中, 处理单元 16根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932、 …、 193m中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据,获取 数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括 位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得 到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932, ..., 193m. Removing the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal in the positioning The "ghost point" that appears in the process of two or more touch objects, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
触摸系统第六实施例  Touch system sixth embodiment
如图 24所示,为本发明触摸系统第六实施例的结构示意图,可以包括 框架 12、 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η, 至少一个多镜头成^ ί象设 备 1931、 1932 193m和处理单元 16。 框架 12的内部为触摸检测区 As shown in FIG. 24, it is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth embodiment of the touch system of the present invention, which may include a frame 12, at least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n, at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, and processing unit 16. . The inside of the frame 12 is a touch detection area
17。 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η分别安装在触摸检测区 17周 围。 至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m中可以包括第一多 镜头成像设备, 第一多镜头成像设备可以包括至少两个镜头和一个光学传 感器,触摸检测区 17内的每个位置都位于第一多镜头成像设备中的两个位 置不同的镜头的视场之内, 处理单元 16与至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m的光学传感器连接。 m和 n为大于或等于 1的自然数。 至少一个发光源 1411、 1412 141η将光发射到至少一个多镜头成 像设备 1931、 1932 193m, 镜头采集触摸检测区 17的图 据并将 图像数据成像在光学传感器上, 不同的镜头成像在光学传感器上的不同区 域。处理单元 16用于根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932 193m 中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物 位置信息组, 第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟 触摸物的位置信息, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸 检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实 际触摸物位置信息组, 第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息。 17. At least one of the illumination sources 1411, 1412, 141n is mounted around the touch detection area 17, respectively. The at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m may include a first multi-lens imaging device, and the first multi-lens imaging device may include at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area 17 being located at the first Within the field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the multi-lens imaging device, the processing unit 16 and the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931 1932 193m optical sensor connection. m and n are natural numbers greater than or equal to 1. At least one illumination source 1411, 1412 141n emits light to at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, the lens captures the image of the touch detection area 17 and images the image on the optical sensor, and the different lenses are imaged on the optical sensor Different areas. The processing unit 16 is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932 193m, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch object position information group Include location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, and remove first touch object location information including location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups The group obtains a first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
进一步地, 在本实施例中, 当触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于第一多 镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内时, 触摸检测区内的任 意两个实际触摸物在该两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 该两个位置不同的镜头的光心 之间的距离大于该两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个 实际触摸物和该两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线 上。  Further, in this embodiment, when each position in the touch detection area is located within the field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, any two actual areas in the touch detection area The distance between the center of the lens in the two positions of the touch object is not less than the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions, and the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is greater than The width of the pixel that can be recognized by the two different positions of the lens, the optical center of any one of the two actual touch objects and the two different positions is not in a straight line.
在本实施例中, 处理单元 16根据至少一个多镜头成像设备 1931、 1932、 …、 193m中的第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据,获取 数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 从数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括 位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得 到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 从而实现去除在定位两个以上触摸物的过 程中出现的 "鬼点" , 精确定位触摸物所在位置。  In this embodiment, the processing unit 16 acquires a plurality of first touch object position information groups according to image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device of the at least one multi-lens imaging device 1931, 1932, ..., 193m. Removing the first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain the first actual touch object position information group, thereby implementing the removal in the positioning The "ghost point" that appears in the process of two or more touch objects, precisely locates the location of the touch object.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,处理单元 16可以包括前述触摸定位装 置所有实施例中的任一模块, 在此不再赞述。 可选地, 本实施例也可以不 包括框架 12。  It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the processing unit 16 may include any one of the foregoing embodiments of the touch positioning device, and is not further described herein. Alternatively, the embodiment may not include the frame 12.
本发明所述的技术方案并不限于具体实施方式中所述的实施例。 本领 域技术人员根据本发明的技术方案得出其他的实施方式, 同样属于本发明 的技术创新范围。 The technical solutions described in the present invention are not limited to the embodiments described in the specific embodiments. Skill Other embodiments of the technical solution according to the invention are also within the scope of the technical innovation of the invention.

Claims

权利要求 Rights request
1. 一种触摸定位方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法应用于包括至少一个成 像设备组和触摸检测区的触摸系统,所述成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位 置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述方法包括:  A touch positioning method, the method being applied to a touch system including at least one imaging device group and a touch detection area, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group Included in the at least two imaging devices, each location in the touch detection area is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the method comprising:
根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object. Location information;
从所述数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Removing a first touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain a first actual touch object position information group, where the An actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
2.根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触摸物在 所述两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位置 不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的成像设备的光心 之间的距离大于所述两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任 意两个实际触摸物和所述两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设备的光 心不在一条直线上。  The method according to claim 1, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions of the four image devices is not less than the difference between the two positions The distance between the optical centers of the imaging devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, any two actual touch objects The optical center of any of the imaging devices different from the two positions is not in a straight line.
3.根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述成像设备组还 包括有第二成像设备组, 所述第二成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 所 述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第二成像设备组中的两个位置不同 的成 4象设备的视场之内, 所述方法还包括:  The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the imaging device group further comprises a second imaging device group, the second imaging device group comprises at least two imaging devices, the touch detection region Each of the locations is located within the field of view of the two different imaging devices in the second group of imaging devices, the method further comprising:
根据所述第二成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 二触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group, a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object. Location information;
从所述数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息; 根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备中的第一成像设备采集的图像数据 和所述第二成像设备组中的成像设备中的第二成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组, 所述第三触摸物位置信息组包括实际触 摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; Removing a second touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the The actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object; Obtaining a plurality of thirds according to image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group and image data collected by the second imaging device in the imaging device in the second imaging device group a touch object location information group, where the third touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object;
将所述数个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组 和 /或所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配,得到第三实际触摸物位置信息 组, 所述第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Matching the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, The third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
4.根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一成像设备为所 述第一成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测触摸物最多的成像设备; 所述第二成像设备为所述第二成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测触 摸物最多的成 4象设备。  The method according to claim 3, wherein the first imaging device is an imaging device that detects the most touch among the at least two imaging devices in the first imaging device group; The device is a 4 image device that detects the most touches among at least two of the second imaging device groups.
5.根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一成像设备和所 述第二成像设备距离所述触摸检测区最远。  The method according to claim 3, wherein the first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area.
6.根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第三触 摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和 /或所述第二实际触 摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组具体为: 将所述数 个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二实 际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组。  The method according to claim 3, wherein the dividing the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object The position information group is matched, and the third actual touch object position information group is obtained as follows: the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information The group matches to obtain a third actual touch object position information group.
7.根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第三触 摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二实际触摸物 位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组具体为:  The method according to claim 6, wherein the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information The group matching, the third actual touch object location information group is specifically:
分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的 相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将所述差的平方和最小的第三触摸物位置信 息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组;  Acquiring respectively, the difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group a sum of squares, a third touch object position information group that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences as a third actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取所述第二实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。 The image data in the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. An image data and obtaining the second actual touch object position One image data in the image data on which the corresponding position information in the information group is based is the same.
8.根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述触摸系统还包 括至少一个成像设备, 所述至少一个成像设备包括第三成像设备, 所述触 摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第三成像设备的视场之内;  The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the touch system further comprises at least one imaging device, the at least one imaging device comprises a third imaging device, each position in the touch detection area All located within the field of view of the third imaging device;
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
才艮据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备和所述第三成像设备采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where the second touch object position information group includes an actual touch object. Location information and/or location information of the virtual touch object;
将所述数个第二触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组 匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组 包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Matching the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes an actual touch object location information.
9.根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第二触 摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配具体为:  The method according to claim 8, wherein the matching the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group is specifically:
分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将所述差的平方和最小 的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  Acquiring respectively, a sum of squares of differences between position information in each second touch object position information group and corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group, and a second touch object that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences The location information group is used as the second actual touch object location information group;
其中, 获取所述第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data on which the location information in the second touch object location information group is obtained is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is the same.
10.根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述得到第一实 际触摸物位置信息组之后还包括:  The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the obtaining the first actual touch object location information group further comprises:
根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取所述实 际触摸物的尺寸信息。  And acquiring size information of the actual touch object according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group.
11. 一种触摸定位方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法应用于包括至少一个 多镜头成像设备和触摸检测区的触摸系统, 所述多镜头成像设备包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头成像设备中 的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述方法包括: 根据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; A touch positioning method, the method being applied to a touch system including at least one multi-lens imaging device and a touch detection area, the multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first The multi-lens imaging apparatus includes at least two lenses and an optical sensor, each position in the touch detection area being located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device, Methods include: And acquiring, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or a virtual touch object. Location information;
从所述数个第一触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Removing a first touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, to obtain a first actual touch object position information group, where the An actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
12.根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触摸物 在所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位置不 同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离 大于所述两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸 物和所述两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。  The method according to claim 11, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the light of the two different positions The distance between the centers of the two different positions of the lens is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, any two actual touch objects and the two positions The center of the light of any of the different lenses is not in a straight line.
13.根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多镜头成 像设备还包括第二多镜头成像设备, 所述第二多镜头成像设备包括至少两 个镜头和一个光学传感器, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第二 多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述方法还包括: 根据所述第二多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第 二触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置 信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the multi-lens imaging device further comprises a second multi-lens imaging device, the second multi-lens imaging device comprising at least two lenses and an optical sensor, Each position in the touch detection area is located within a field of view of two different positions of the second multi-lens imaging device, the method further comprising: according to the second multi-lens imaging device Obtaining image data of the lens, acquiring a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
从所述数个第二触摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的 虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息; 根据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的第一镜头采集的图像数据和所述第 二多镜头成像设备中的第二镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第三触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚 拟触摸物的位置信息;  Removing a second touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the The actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object; the image data collected according to the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the image captured by the second lens in the second multi-lens imaging device Data, acquiring a plurality of third touch object position information groups, where the third touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
将所述数个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组 和 /或所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配,得到第三实际触摸物位置信息 组, 所述第三实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 Matching the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group to obtain a third actual touch object position information group, The third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
14.根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一镜头为所述 第一多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头; 所述第 二镜头为所述第二多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的 镜头。 The method according to claim 13, wherein the first lens is a lens that detects the most touched object among at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the second multi-lens imaging devices.
15.根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一镜头和所述 第二镜头距离所述触摸检测区最远。  The method according to claim 13, wherein the first lens and the second lens are farthest from the touch detection area.
16.根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第三 触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和 /或所述第二实际 触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组具体为: 将所述 数个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二 实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组。  The method according to claim 13, wherein the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object The position information group is matched, and the third actual touch object position information group is obtained as follows: the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information The group matches to obtain a third actual touch object position information group.
17.根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第三 触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二实际触摸 物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组具体为:  The method according to claim 16, wherein the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position information group and the second actual touch object position information The group matching, the third actual touch object location information group is specifically:
分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组中的 相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将所述差的平方和最小的第三触摸物位置信 息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组;  Acquiring respectively, the difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group a sum of squares, a third touch object position information group that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences as a third actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取所述第二实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is acquired.
18.根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述触摸系统 还包括至少一个单镜头成像设备, 所述单镜头成像设备包括第一单镜头成 像设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一单镜头成像设备的 视场之内;  The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the touch system further comprises at least one single lens imaging device, the single lens imaging device comprising a first single lens imaging device, in the touch detection area Each position is located within the field of view of the first single lens imaging device;
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
根据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头和所述第一单镜头成像设备采 集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二触摸物位置信 息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; According to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the first single lens imaging device Collecting image data, acquiring a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
将所述数个第二触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组 匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组 包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  Matching the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes an actual touch object location information.
19.根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述数个第二 触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配具体为:  The method according to claim 18, wherein the matching the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group is specifically:
分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和, 将所述差的平方和最小 的第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  Acquiring respectively, a sum of squares of differences between position information in each second touch object position information group and corresponding position information in the first actual touch object position information group, and a second touch object that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences The location information group is used as the second actual touch object location information group;
其中, 获取所述第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data on which the location information in the second touch object location information group is obtained is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is the same.
20.根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述得到第一 实际触摸物位置信息组之后还包括:  The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein after the obtaining the first actual touch object location information group, the method further comprises:
根据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取所述实 际触摸物的尺寸信息。  The size information of the actual touch object is acquired according to the image data acquired by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device.
21. 一种触摸定位装置, 其特征在于, 包括:  A touch positioning device, comprising:
至少一个成像设备组, 所述成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第 一成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位 置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成 4象设备用于采集所述触摸检测区的图舰据;  At least one imaging device group, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, each position in a touch detection region of the touch system being located in the first imaging The image forming device of the two different imaging devices in the device group is used to collect the data of the touch detection area;
第一触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的 成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 第一实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第一触摸物位 置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一 触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸 物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 a first touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes The position information of the actual touch object and/or the position information of the virtual touch object; the first actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to be removed from the plurality of first touch object position information groups, including being located outside the touch detection area a first touch object position information group of position information of the virtual touch object, to obtain a first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
22.根据权利要求 21所述的装置, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触摸物 在所述两个位置不同的成 4象设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位 置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的成像设备的光 心之间的距离大于所述两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸物和所述两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设备的 光心不在一条直线上。  The device according to claim 21, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions of the four image devices is not less than the difference between the two positions The distance between the optical centers of the imaging devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, any two actual touch objects The optical center of any of the imaging devices different from the two positions is not in a straight line.
23.根据权利要求 21或 22所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述成像设备 组还包括第二成像设备组, 所述第二成像设备组包括至少两个成像设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第二成像设备组中的两个位置不 同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述装置还包括:  The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the imaging device group further comprises a second imaging device group, the second imaging device group includes at least two imaging devices, and the touch detection region Each of the locations is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the second group of imaging devices, the device further comprising:
第二触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述至少两个成像设备组 中的第二成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物 位置信息组, 其中, 所述第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信 息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  a second touch object location information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to image data collected by the imaging device in the second imaging device group of the at least two imaging device groups, a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where The second touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object;
第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第二触摸物位 置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二 触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸 物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息;  a second actual touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to remove, from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, a second touch object position information group including position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area, Obtaining a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object;
第三触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的 成像设备中的第一成像设备采集的图像数据和所述第二成像设备组中的成 像设备中的第二成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息 组, 所述第三触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸 物的位置信息;  a third touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to: according to image data collected by the first imaging device in the imaging device in the first imaging device group, and second image in the second imaging device group Obtaining, by the image data collected by the imaging device, a plurality of third touch object position information groups, where the third touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于将所述数个第三触摸物位 置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和 /或所述第二实际触摸物位 置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第三实际触摸物位 置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 a third actual touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to match the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group Obtaining a third actual touch object position information group, where the third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
24.根据权利要求 23所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一成像设备为 所述第一成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检测触摸物最多的成像设 备; 所述第二成像设备为所述第二成像设备组中的至少两个成像设备中检 测触摸物最多的成 4象设备。 The device according to claim 23, wherein the first imaging device is an imaging device that detects the most touch among the at least two imaging devices in the first imaging device group; The device is a 4 image device that detects the most touches among at least two of the second imaging device groups.
25.根据权利要求 23所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一成像设备和 所述第二成像设备距离所述触摸检测区最远。  The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the first imaging device and the second imaging device are farthest from the touch detection area.
26.根据权利要求 23所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第三实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块用于将所述数个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实 际触摸物位置信息组。  The device according to claim 23, wherein the third actual touch object position information group acquiring module is configured to use the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position The information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group.
27.根据权利要求 26所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第三实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块包括:  The device according to claim 26, wherein the third actual touch object location information group obtaining module comprises:
第三距离获取单元, 分别与所述第三触摸物位置信息组获取模块、 所 述第二实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块和所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组 获取模块连接, 用于分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息与 所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和所述第二实际触摸物 位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和;  The third distance acquiring unit is respectively connected to the third touch object position information group acquiring module, the second actual touch object position information group acquiring module, and the first actual touch object position information group acquiring module, respectively Obtaining a square of a difference between the location information in each third touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the second actual touch object location information group with;
第三实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元, 用于将所 巨离的和最小的第 三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组;  a third actual touch object position information group acquiring unit, configured to use the largest and third touch object position information group as the third actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取所述第二实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is acquired.
28.根据权利要求 21或 22所述的装置, 其特征在于, 还包括至少一 个成像设备, 所述至少一个成像设备包括第三成像设备, 所述触摸检测区 内的每个位置都位于所述第三成像设备的视场之内;  The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising at least one imaging device, wherein the at least one imaging device comprises a third imaging device, each location in the touch detection area is located in the Within the field of view of the third imaging device;
第七触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的 成像设备和所述第三成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置 信息组, 所述第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟 触摸物的位置信息; a seventh touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire a plurality of second touch object positions according to the image data collected by the imaging device and the third imaging device in the first imaging device group The information group, the second touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object;
第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于将所述数个第二触摸物位 置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to match the plurality of second touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, The second actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
29.根据权利要求 28所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第七实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块包括:  The device according to claim 28, wherein the seventh actual touch object position information group obtaining module comprises:
第七距离获取单元, 用于分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位 置信息与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方 和;  a seventh distance obtaining unit, configured to separately obtain a sum of squares of differences between the location information in each second touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group;
第七实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元, 用于将所述差的平方和最小的 第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  a seventh actual touch object position information group acquiring unit, configured to use a second touch object position information group that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences as a second actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data on which the location information in the second touch object location information group is obtained is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is the same.
30.根据权利要求 21或 22所述的装置, 其特征在于, 还包括: 第一实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的成 像设备采集的图像数据, 获取所述实际触摸物的尺寸信息。  The device according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising: a first actual touch object size information acquiring module, configured to acquire according to image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group The size information of the actual touch object.
31. 一种触摸定位装置, 其特征在于, 包括:  31. A touch positioning device, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头成像 设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触摸检 测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上;  At least one multi-lens imaging device, wherein the at least one multi-lens imaging device includes a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor in a touch detection area of the touch system Each position is located within a field of view of two different positions of the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection area and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
第四触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一多镜头成像设备 中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 第四实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第一触摸物位置信 息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第一触摸 物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触摸物位 置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 a fourth touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes Position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object; a fourth actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to send a letter from the plurality of first touch object positions The first touch object position information group including the position information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the interest group, and the first actual touch object position information group is obtained, where the first actual touch object position information group includes the actual touch Location information of the object.
32.根据权利要求 31所述的装置, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触摸物 在所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位置不 同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离 大于所述两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际触摸 物和所述两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。  The device according to claim 31, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the light of the two different positions The distance between the centers of the two different positions of the lens is greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, any two actual touch objects and the two positions The center of the light of any of the different lenses is not in a straight line.
33.根据权利要求 31或 32所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述多镜头成 像设备还包括第二多镜头成像设备, 所述第二多镜头成像设备包括至少两 个镜头和一个光学传感器, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第二 多镜头成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述装置还包括: 第五触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第二多镜头成像设备 中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息; 第五实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于从所述数个第二触摸物位 置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第二 触摸物位置信息组, 得到第二实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸 物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息;  The apparatus according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the multi-lens imaging apparatus further comprises a second multi-lens imaging apparatus, the second multi-lens imaging apparatus comprising at least two lenses and an optical sensor, Each of the positions in the touch detection area is located within a field of view of two different positions of the second multi-lens imaging device, and the device further includes: a fifth touch object position information group acquisition module, And acquiring, by the image data collected by the lens in the second multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of second touch object position information groups, where the second touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object and/or virtual Position information of the touch object; a fifth actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to remove, from the plurality of second touch object position information groups, a second position information including a virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area Touching the object location information group to obtain a second actual touch object location information group, where the second actual touch object location information group includes the actual touch object location information;
第六触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一多镜头成像设备 中的第一镜头采集的图像数据和所述第二多镜头成像设备中的第二镜头采 集的图像数据, 获取数个第三触摸物位置信息组, 所述第三触摸物位置信 息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  a sixth touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the first lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the image data collected by the second lens in the second multi-lens imaging device a plurality of third touch object position information groups, the third touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于将所述数个第三触摸物位 置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组和 /或所述第二实际触摸物位 置信息组匹配, 得到第三实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第三实际触摸物位 置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a sixth actual touch object position information group acquiring module, configured to match the plurality of third touch object position information groups with the first actual touch object position information group and/or the second actual touch object position information group Obtaining a third actual touch object position information group, where the third actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
34.根据权利要求 33所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一镜头为所述 第一多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的镜头; 所述第 二镜头为所述第二多镜头成像设备中的至少两个镜头中检测触摸物最多的 镜头。 The device according to claim 33, wherein the first lens is the The lens that detects the most touch is detected in at least two of the first multi-lens imaging devices; the second lens is a lens that detects the most touch among the at least two of the second multi-lens imaging devices.
35.根据权利要求 33所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一镜头和所述 第二镜头距离所述触摸检测区最远。  The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the first lens and the second lens are farthest from the touch detection area.
36.根据权利要求 33所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第六实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块用于将所述数个第三触摸物位置信息组与所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组和所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第三实 际触摸物位置信息组。  The device according to claim 33, wherein the sixth actual touch object position information group acquiring module is configured to use the plurality of third touch object position information groups and the first actual touch object position The information group and the second actual touch object position information group are matched to obtain a third actual touch object position information group.
37.根据权利要求 36所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第六实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块包括:  The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein the sixth actual touch object position information group obtaining module comprises:
第六距离获取单元, 用于分别获取每个第三触摸物位置信息组中的位 置信息与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息和所述第二实 际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方和;  a sixth distance acquiring unit, configured to respectively acquire location information in each third touch object location information group and corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group and the second actual touch object location information group The sum of the squares of the differences in the corresponding position information;
第六实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元, 用于将所述差的平方和最小的 第三触摸物位置信息组作为第三实际触摸物位置信息组;  a sixth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit, configured to use a third touch object position information group that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences as a third actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第三触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据和获取所述第二实际触摸物位置 信息组中的相应位置信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data according to the location information in the third touch object location information group is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is identical to one of the image data on which the corresponding position information in the second actual touch object position information group is acquired.
38.根据权利要求 31或 32所述的装置, 其特征在于, 还包括至少一 个单镜头成像设备, 所述单镜头成像设备包括第一单镜头成像设备, 所述 触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一单镜头成像设备的视场之内; 第八触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于根据所述第一多镜头成像设备 中的镜头和所述第一单镜头成像设备采集的图像数据, 获取数个第二触摸 物位置信息组,所述第二触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息和 / 或虚拟触摸物的位置信息;  38. Apparatus according to claim 31 or claim 32, further comprising at least one single lens imaging device, said single lens imaging device comprising a first single lens imaging device, each position within said touch detection zone All located within the field of view of the first single lens imaging device; an eighth touch object position block acquiring module, configured to collect according to the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device and the first single lens imaging device Image data, obtaining a plurality of second touch object position information groups, the second touch object position information group including position information of the actual touch object and/or position information of the virtual touch object;
第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取模块, 用于将所述数个第二触摸物位 置信息组与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组匹配, 得到第二实际触摸物位 置信息组, 所述第二实际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 An eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module, configured to use the plurality of second touch level bits The set of information matches the first actual touch object position information group to obtain a second actual touch object position information group, where the second actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
39.根据权利要求 38所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第八实际触摸物 位置信息组获取模块包括:  The apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the eighth actual touch object position information group obtaining module comprises:
第八距离获取单元, 用于分别获取每个第二触摸物位置信息组中的位 置信息与所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置信息的差的平方 和;  An eighth distance obtaining unit, configured to separately obtain a sum of squares of differences between the location information in each second touch object location information group and the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group;
第八实际触摸物位置信息组获取单元, 用于将所述差的平方和最小的 第二触摸物位置信息组作为第二实际触摸物位置信息组;  An eighth actual touch object position information group acquiring unit, configured to use a second touch object position information group that minimizes a sum of squares of the differences as a second actual touch object position information group;
其中, 获取所述第二触摸物位置信息组中的位置信息所依据的图像数 据中的一个图像数据与获取所述第一实际触摸物位置信息组中的相应位置 信息所依据的图像数据中的一个图像数据相同。  The image data in the image data on which the location information in the second touch object location information group is obtained is acquired in the image data according to the corresponding location information in the first actual touch object location information group. One image data is the same.
40.根据权利要求 31或 32所述的装置, 其特征在于, 还包括: 第二实际触摸物尺寸信息获取模块, 用于才据所述第一多镜头成像设 备中的镜头采集的图像数据, 获取所述实际触摸物的尺寸信息。  The device according to claim 31 or 32, further comprising: a second actual touch object size information acquiring module, configured to acquire image data collected by the lens in the first multi-lens imaging device, Obtaining the size information of the actual touch object.
41. 一种触摸系统, 其特征在于, 包括:  41. A touch system, comprising:
至少一个成像设备组, 安装在所述触摸系统的触摸检测区周围, 所述 成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像 设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个 位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成像设备用于采集所述触摸检测区 的图像数据;  At least one imaging device group mounted around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, the touch detection region Each location is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection region;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在邻近所述至少一个成像设备组的位置; 回归反射条, 安装在触摸检测区周围或触摸物上, 用于将所述至少一 个发光源发射到所述回归反射条的光反射到所述至少一个成像设备组; 处理单元, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数 据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触摸物 位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第 一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。 At least one illumination source respectively mounted at a position adjacent to the at least one imaging device group; a retroreflective strip mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip The light is reflected to the at least one imaging device group; the processing unit is configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, the first touch The object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object and/or location information of the virtual touch object, and the location information including the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups. First A touch object position information group obtains a first actual touch object position information group, and the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
42.根据权利要求 41所述的触摸系统, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触 摸物在所述两个位置不同的成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两 个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的成像设备 的光心之间的距离大于所述两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽 度, 任意两个实际触摸物和所述两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设 备的光心不在一条直线上。  The touch system according to claim 41, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not smaller than the two different positions. The distance between the optical centers of the devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, any two actual touch objects and The optical centers of any of the two differently positioned imaging devices are not in a straight line.
43. 一种触摸系统, 其特征在于, 包括:  43. A touch system, comprising:
至少一个成像设备组, 安装在所述触摸系统的触摸检测区周围, 所述 成像设备组包括第一成像设备组, 所述第一成像设备组包括至少两个成像 设备, 所述触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一成像设备组中的两个 位置不同的成像设备的视场之内, 所述成像设备用于采集所述触摸检测区 的图像数据;  At least one imaging device group mounted around a touch detection area of the touch system, the imaging device group including a first imaging device group, the first imaging device group including at least two imaging devices, the touch detection region Each location is located within a field of view of two different imaging devices in the first imaging device group, the imaging device is configured to acquire image data of the touch detection region;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在所述触摸检测区周围, 用于将光发射到 所述至少一个成 4象设备组;  At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for transmitting light to the at least one imaging device group;
处理单元, 用于根据所述第一成像设备组中的成像设备采集的图像数 据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包括实 际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触摸物 位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息的第 一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实际触 摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to the image data collected by the imaging device in the first imaging device group, a plurality of first touch object location information groups, where the first touch object location information group includes location information of an actual touch object and And the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, to obtain the first actual Touching the object location information group, the first actual touch object location information group includes location information of the actual touch object.
44.根据权利要求 43所述的触摸系统, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触 摸物在所述两个位置不同的成像设备的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两 个位置不同的成像设备的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的成像设备 的光心之间的距离大于所述两个位置不同的成像设备所能识别的像素的宽 度, 任意两个实际触摸物和所述两个位置不同的成像设备中的任一成像设 备的光心不在一条直线上。 The touch system according to claim 43, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different imaging devices is not smaller than the two different positions. The distance between the optical centers of the devices, the distance between the optical centers of the two different imaging devices being greater than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different imaging devices, any two actual touch objects and The optical centers of any of the two differently positioned imaging devices are not in a straight line.
45. 一种触摸系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 45. A touch system, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 所述触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头 成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触 摸检测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上;  At least one multi-lens imaging device, the at least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor;
至少一个发光源, 分别安装在邻近所述至少一个多镜头成像设备的位 回归反射条, 安装在触摸检测区周围或触摸物上, 用于将所述至少一 个发光源发射到所述回归反射条的光反射到所述至少一个多镜头成像设 备;  At least one illumination source, respectively mounted on a bit retroreflective strip adjacent to the at least one multi-lens imaging device, mounted around the touch detection area or on the touch object for transmitting the at least one illumination source to the retroreflective strip Light is reflected to the at least one multi-lens imaging device;
处理单元, 用于 ^据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的两个镜头采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触 摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息 的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object The location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, The first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
46.根据权利要求 45所述的触摸系统, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触 摸物在所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位 置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的 距离大于所述两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际 触摸物和所述两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。  The touch system according to claim 45, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the difference between the two positions The distance between the optical centers, the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, any two actual touches and the two The center of the light of any of the lenses with different positions is not in a straight line.
47. —种触摸系统, 其特征在于, 包括:  47. A touch system, comprising:
至少一个多镜头成像设备, 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备中包括第一 多镜头成像设备, 所述第一多镜头成像设备包括至少两个镜头和一个光学 传感器, 所述触摸系统的触摸检测区内的每个位置都位于所述第一多镜头 成像设备中的两个位置不同的镜头的视场之内, 所述镜头用于采集所述触 摸检测区的图像数据并将所述图像数据成像在所述光学传感器上; 至少一个发光源, 分别安装在所述触摸检测区周围, 用于将光发射到 所述至少一个多镜头成像设备; At least one multi-lens imaging device, the at least one multi-lens imaging device including a first multi-lens imaging device, the first multi-lens imaging device including at least two lenses and an optical sensor, a touch detection area of the touch system Each position within is located within a field of view of two differently positioned lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device for acquiring image data of the touch detection zone and imaging the image data On the optical sensor; At least one illumination source respectively mounted around the touch detection area for emitting light to the at least one multi-lens imaging device;
处理单元, 用于 ^据所述第一多镜头成像设备中的两个镜头采集的图 像数据, 获取数个第一触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一触摸物位置信息组包 括实际触摸物的位置信息和 /或虚拟触摸物的位置信息,从所述数个第一触 摸物位置信息组中去除掉包括位于触摸检测区外的虚拟触摸物的位置信息 的第一触摸物位置信息组, 得到第一实际触摸物位置信息组, 所述第一实 际触摸物位置信息组包括实际触摸物的位置信息。  a processing unit, configured to acquire, according to image data acquired by two lenses in the first multi-lens imaging device, a plurality of first touch object position information groups, where the first touch object position information group includes an actual touch object The location information and/or the location information of the virtual touch object, the first touch object location information group including the location information of the virtual touch object located outside the touch detection area is removed from the plurality of first touch object location information groups, The first actual touch object position information group, the first actual touch object position information group includes position information of the actual touch object.
48.根据权利要求 47所述的触摸系统, 其特征在于, 任意两个实际触 摸物在所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心连线方向的距离不小于所述两个位 置不同的镜头的光心之间的距离, 所述两个位置不同的镜头的光心之间的 距离大于所述两个位置不同的镜头所能识别的像素的宽度, 任意两个实际 触摸物和所述两个位置不同的镜头中的任一镜头的光心不在一条直线上。  The touch system according to claim 47, wherein the distance between any two actual touch objects in the optical fiber connection direction of the two different positions is not less than the difference between the two positions The distance between the optical centers, the distance between the optical centers of the two different positions is larger than the width of the pixels that can be recognized by the two different positions, any two actual touches and the two The center of the light of any of the lenses with different positions is not in a straight line.
PCT/CN2011/072041 2010-03-23 2011-03-22 Touch positioning method, device and touch system thereof WO2011116683A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201010131614.5 2010-03-23
CN201010131614.5A CN102200860B (en) 2010-03-23 2010-03-23 Touch positioning method, touch positioning device and touch system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011116683A1 true WO2011116683A1 (en) 2011-09-29

Family

ID=44661578

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2011/072041 WO2011116683A1 (en) 2010-03-23 2011-03-22 Touch positioning method, device and touch system thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN102200860B (en)
WO (1) WO2011116683A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7015894B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2006-03-21 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Information input and output system, method, storage medium, and carrier wave
US20060232830A1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Coordinate input apparatus, control method therefore, and program
CN101320307A (en) * 2007-06-04 2008-12-10 北京汇冠新技术有限公司 Method for recognizing multiple touch points on infrared touch screen
CN101403951A (en) * 2008-08-11 2009-04-08 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 Multi-point positioning device and method for interactive electronic display system

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4094794B2 (en) * 1999-09-10 2008-06-04 株式会社リコー Coordinate detection apparatus, information storage medium, and coordinate detection method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7015894B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2006-03-21 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Information input and output system, method, storage medium, and carrier wave
US20060232830A1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Coordinate input apparatus, control method therefore, and program
CN101320307A (en) * 2007-06-04 2008-12-10 北京汇冠新技术有限公司 Method for recognizing multiple touch points on infrared touch screen
CN101403951A (en) * 2008-08-11 2009-04-08 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 Multi-point positioning device and method for interactive electronic display system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102200860A (en) 2011-09-28
CN102200860B (en) 2014-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN100501657C (en) Touch panel device and its locating method
CN102799318B (en) A kind of man-machine interaction method based on binocular stereo vision and system
JP5680976B2 (en) Electronic blackboard system and program
CN1784649A (en) Auto-aligning touch system and method
KR102198352B1 (en) Apparatus and method for 3d image calibration in tiled display
US10310675B2 (en) User interface apparatus and control method
US8614694B2 (en) Touch screen system based on image recognition
JP2007129709A (en) Method for calibrating imaging device, method for calibrating imaging system including arrangement of imaging devices, and imaging system
CN101520700A (en) Camera-based three-dimensional positioning touch device and positioning method thereof
US10254893B2 (en) Operating apparatus, control method therefor, and storage medium storing program
CN102722254A (en) Method and system for location interaction
WO2012031513A1 (en) Touch positioning method, touch screen, touch system, and display
CN101813993A (en) Curved display system and gesture recognition and positioning method
TWI394072B (en) Apparatus for detecting a touching position on a flat display and a method thereof
JP6011885B2 (en) Code reading apparatus and code reading method
KR20090116544A (en) Apparatus and method for space touch sensing and screen apparatus sensing infrared camera
WO2011147301A1 (en) Touch screen calibration method and apparatus, touch screen, touch system, and display
CN103076925B (en) Optical touch control system, optical sensing module and How It Works thereof
CN101149653B (en) Device for distinguishing image position
WO2011116683A1 (en) Touch positioning method, device and touch system thereof
JP5445064B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and image processing program
CN103425355A (en) Omnidirectional camera structured portable optical touch screen and positioning calibrating method thereof
KR20130052567A (en) Touch locating method and system, display
US9535535B2 (en) Touch point sensing method and optical touch system
CN103529956A (en) Pointing device and processing method in rotation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11758793

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11758793

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11758793

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1